2009 Mazda3 Owner's Manual - Mazda Canada€¦ · Black plate (3,1) Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete customer satisfaction in mind.

Black plate (1,1)

Mazda3_8Z87-EA-08F_Edition1 Page1Monday, May 19 2008 9:55 AM

Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (2,1)


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (3,1)

Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with completecustomer satisfaction in mind.

To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manualcarefully and follow its recommendations.

An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service isnecessary, that's the place to go.

Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the bestpossible service.

We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasureand in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.

Mazda Motor CorporationHIROSHIMA, JAPAN

Important Notes About This ManualKeep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should youresell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.

All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal atMazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.

Event Data RecorderThis vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. In the event of a crash, this device records data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time. These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safervehicles.

Air Conditioning and the EnvironmentYour Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not todamage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

PerchlorateCertain components of this vehicle such as [air bag modules, seat belt pretensioners, lithium batteries, ...] maycontain Perchlorate Material– Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. Seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may findsome explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

©2008 Mazda Motor CorporationPrinted in Japan June 2008(Print1)

AWord to Mazda Owners


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (4,1)

We want to help you get the most drivingpleasure from your vehicle. Your owner'smanual, when read from cover to cover,can do that in many ways.

Illustrations complement the words of themanual to best explain how to enjoy yourMazda. By reading your manual, you canfind out about the features, importantsafety information, and driving undervarious road conditions.

The symbol below in this manual means“Do not do this” or “Do not let thishappen”.

Index: A good place to start is the Index,an alphabetical listing of all informationin your manual.

You'll find several WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.

WARNINGA WARNING indicates a situation inwhich serious injury or death couldresult if the warning is ignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich bodily injury or damage toyour vehicle, or both, could result ifthe caution is ignored.

NOTEA NOTE provides information and sometimessuggests how to make better use of yourvehicle.

The symbol below, located on some partsof the vehicle, indicates that this manualcontains information related to the part.Please refer to the manual for a detailedexplanation.

How to Use This Manual


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (5,1)


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Table of Contents

Your Vehicle at a GlanceInterior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

1

Essential Safety EquipmentUse of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

2

Knowing Your MazdaExplanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

3

Before Driving Your MazdaImportant information about driving your Mazda.

4

Driving Your MazdaExplanation of instruments and controls.

5

Interior ComfortUse of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

6

In Case of an EmergencyHelpful information on what to do in an emergency.

7

Maintenance and CareHow to keep your Mazda in top condition.

8

Customer Information and Reporting Safety DefectsImportant consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

9

SpecificationsTechnical information about your Mazda.

10

Index 11

Black plate (6,1)


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (7,1)

1 Your Vehicle at a Glance

Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

Dashboard and Interior Overview .............................................. 1-2

Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-4

1-1


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (8,1)

*Refer to Navigation System at the separate manual (if equipped).

Power window lock switch ................................................................................ page 3-20Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-19Power door lock switch ..................................................................................... page 3-10

1-2

Your Vehicle at a Glance

The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle

Dashboard and Interior Overview


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (9,1)

Headlight leveling switch .................................................................................. page 5-53Dashboard illumination switch .......................................................................... page 5-36Lighting control/Turn signal .............................................................................. page 5-51Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-33SRS air bags ...................................................................................................... page 2-42Cruise control switches ...................................................................................... page 5-20Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-55Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-61Information display ............................................................................................ page 6-65Audio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-17Glove box .......................................................................................................... page 6-72Center console ................................................................................................... page 6-73Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-6Cup holder ......................................................................................................... page 6-71MT shift lever ...................................................................................................... page 5-9AT shift lever (Sport AT) ................................................................................... page 5-12Lighter ............................................................................................................... page 6-70Rear window defroster switch ........................................................................... page 5-60Ashtray ............................................................................................................... page 6-70Climate control system ........................................................................................ page 6-2Ignition switch ..................................................................................................... page 5-2Steering column release lever ............................................................................ page 3-30Audio control switches ...................................................................................... page 6-56Remote fuel-filler lid release ............................................................................. page 3-21Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-22Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-30Interior lights ..................................................................................................... page 6-62Sunvisor ............................................................................................................. page 6-62Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-31Vanity mirror ...................................................................................................... page 6-62Front seat ............................................................................................................. page 2-2Seat belt ............................................................................................................. page 2-13Rear seat .............................................................................................................. page 2-7


Dashboard and Interior Overview

1-3The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (10,1)

4 Door

1-4



Exterior Overview


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (11,1)

Trunk lid ............................................................................................................ page 3-14Antenna ............................................................................................................. page 6-16Rear window defroster ....................................................................................... page 5-60Power window ................................................................................................... page 3-18Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-35Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-20Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-39Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-22Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-29Moonroof ........................................................................................................... page 3-24Child safety lock ................................................................................................ page 3-11Door lock ............................................................................................................. page 3-9Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-30


Exterior Overview



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (12,1)

5 Door

1-6



Exterior Overview


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (13,1)

Liftgate ............................................................................................................... page 3-11Rear window defroster ....................................................................................... page 5-60Rear wiper blade ................................................................................................ page 8-30Antenna ............................................................................................................. page 6-16Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-20Power window ................................................................................................... page 3-18Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-35Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-39Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-22Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-29Moonroof ........................................................................................................... page 3-24Child safety lock ................................................................................................ page 3-11Door lock ............................................................................................................. page 3-9Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-30


Exterior Overview



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (14,1)

1-8


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (15,1)

2 Essential Safety Equipment

Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2Front Seats (Manually Operated Seats) ..................................... 2-2Front Seats (Electrically Operated Seats) .................................. 2-4Rear Seat ................................................................................... 2-7Head Restraintsí .................................................................... 2-10Seat Warmerí ......................................................................... 2-11

Seat Belt Systems ........................................................................ 2-13Seat Belt Precautions .............................................................. 2-13Seat Belt (Except Center-Rear Position) ................................. 2-17Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems ....... 2-19Center-Rear Position Seat Belt (3-Point Type) ....................... 2-21Seat Belt Extender ................................................................... 2-24Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep ................................................ 2-25

Child Restraint ............................................................................ 2-27Child Restraint Precautions ..................................................... 2-27Installing Child-Restraint Systems .......................................... 2-31LATCH Child-Restraint Systems ............................................ 2-37

SRS Air Bags ............................................................................... 2-42Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions ............... 2-42Supplemental Restraint System Components ......................... 2-46How the Air Bags Work .......................................................... 2-48

2-1íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (16,1)

Front Seats (ManuallyOperated Seats)

WARNINGDo not modify or replace the frontseats:

Modifying or replacing the front seatssuch as replacing the upholstery orloosening any bolts is dangerous. Thefront seats contain air bagcomponents essential to thesupplemental restraint system. Suchmodifications could damage thesupplemental restraint system andresult in serious injury. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer if there isany need to remove or reinstall thefront seats.

Do not drive with damaged front seats:Driving with damaged front seats isdangerous. A collision, even one notstrong enough to inflate the air bags,could damage the front seats whichcontain essential air bagcomponents. If there was asubsequent collision, an air bag maynot deploy which could lead toinjuries. Always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer inspect the front seats,front seat belt pretensioners and airbags after a collision.

Make sure the adjustable componentsof a seat are locked in place:

Adjustable seats and seatbacks thatare not securely locked aredangerous. In a sudden stop orcollision, the seat or seatback couldmove, causing injury. Make sure theadjustable components of the seatare locked in place by attempting toslide the seat forward and backwardand rocking the seatback.

qSeat Slide

WARNINGAdjust the driver's seat only when thevehicle is stopped:

Adjusting the driver's seat while thevehicle is moving is dangerous. Thedriver could lose control of the vehicleand have an accident.

To move a seat forward or backward, raisethe lever and slide the seat to the desiredposition and release the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seat is locked in place byattempting to push it forward andbackward.

2-2

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (17,1)

qSeat Recline

WARNINGDo not drive with either front seatreclined:

Sitting in a reclined position while thevehicle is moving is dangerousbecause you do not get the fullprotection from seat belts. Duringsudden braking or a collision, youcan slide under the lap belt andsuffer serious internal injuries. Formaximum protection, sit well backand upright.

Always sit in the passenger seatproperly with the seatback upright andfeet on the floor:

Your front passenger seat has weightsensors, sitting in the front passengerseat improperly out of position orwith the seatback reclined too farwhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous as it can take off weightfrom the seat bottom and affect theweight determination of the frontpassenger sensing system. As a resultthe front passenger will not have thesupplementary protection of the airbag and seat belt pretensioner, whichcould result in serious injury. Alwayssit upright against the seatback withyour feet on the floor.

Do not drive with the seatbackunlocked:

All of the seatbacks play animportant role in your protection in avehicle. Leaving the seatbackunlocked is dangerous as it can allowpassengers to be ejected or thrownaround and baggage to strikeoccupants in a sudden stop orcollision, resulting in severe injury.After adjusting the seatback at anytime, even when there are no otherpassengers, rock the seatback tomake sure it is locked in place.

To change the seatback angle, leanforward slightly while raising the lever.Then lean back to the desired position andrelease the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seatback is locked inplace by attempting to push it forward andbackward.


Seats

2-3


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (18,1)

CAUTIONWhen returning a rear-reclinedseatback to its upright position,make sure you hold onto theseatback with your other hand whileoperating the lever. If the seatback isnot supported, it will flip forwardsuddenly and could cause injury.

qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)í

By moving the seat lever up or down, thedriver's seat bottom height can beadjusted.

Down

Up

qLumbar Support Adjustment(Driver's Seat)í

Move the lever forwards to adjust thelumbar support as required.

Front Seats (ElectricallyOperated Seats)

WARNINGDo not modify or replace the frontseats:

Modifying or replacing the front seatssuch as replacing the upholstery orloosening any bolts is dangerous. Thefront seats contain air bagcomponents essential to thesupplemental restraint system. Suchmodifications could damage thesupplemental restraint system andresult in serious injury. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer if there isany need to remove or reinstall thefront seats.

Do not drive with damaged front seats:Driving with damaged front seats isdangerous. A collision, even one notstrong enough to inflate the air bags,could damage the front seats whichcontain essential air bagcomponents. If there was asubsequent collision, an air bag maynot deploy which could lead toinjuries. Always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer inspect the front seats,front seat belt pretensioners and airbags after a collision.

2-4


íSome models.

Seats


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (19,1)

CAUTIONØ The seat-bottom power

adjustment is operated by motors.Avoid extended operation becauseexcessive use can damage themotors.

Ø To prevent the battery fromrunning down, avoid using thepower adjustment when theengine is stopped. The adjusteruses a large amount of electricalpower.

Ø Do not use the switch to makemore than one adjustment at atime.

qSeat Slide (Driver's Seat)

To slide the seat, move the slide lifterswitch on the outside of the seat to thefront or back and hold it. Release theswitch at the desired position.

qSeat Recline (Driver's Seat)

WARNINGDo not drive with either front seatreclined:

Sitting in a reclined position while thevehicle is moving is dangerousbecause you do not get the fullprotection from seat belts. Duringsudden braking or a collision, youcan slide under the lap belt andsuffer serious internal injuries. Formaximum protection, sit well backand upright.

Always sit in the front passenger seatproperly with the seatback upright andfeet on the floor:

Your front passenger seat has weightsensors, sitting in the front passengerseat improperly out of position orwith the seatback reclined too farwhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous as it can take off weightfrom the seat bottom and affect theweight determination of the frontpassenger sensing system. As a resultthe front passenger will not have thesupplementary protection of the airbag and seat belt pretensioner, whichcould result in serious injury. Alwayssit upright against the seatback withyour feet on the floor.


Seats

2-5


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (20,1)

Change the seatback angle by pressing thefront or rear side of the reclining switch.Release the switch at the desired position.

qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)

The seat height can be adjusted bymoving the switch up or down.

qLumbar Support Adjustment(Driver's Seat)

Move the lever forwards to adjust thelumbar support as required.

2-6


Seats


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (21,1)

Rear Seat

WARNINGDo not stack cargo higher than theseatbacks or place articles on the rearpackage tray or on the luggagecompartment cover:

Stacking luggage or other cargohigher than the seatbacks, andplacing articles on the rear packagetray or on the luggage compartmentcover is dangerous. During suddenbraking or a collision, objects can flyaround and become projectiles thatmay hit and injure passengers.

Make sure luggage and cargo issecured before driving:

Not securing cargo while driving isdangerous as it could move or becrushed during sudden braking or acollision and cause injury.

Make sure the adjustable componentsof a seat are locked in place:

Adjustable seats that are not securelylocked are dangerous. In a suddenstop or collision, the seat or seatbackcould move, causing injury.

Do not drive with the seatbackunlocked:

All of the seatbacks play animportant role in your protection in avehicle. Leaving the seatbackunlocked is dangerous as it can allowpassengers to be ejected or thrownaround and baggage to strikeoccupants in a sudden stop orcollision, resulting in severe injury.After returning the seatback at anytime, even when there are no otherpassengers, rock the seatback tomake sure it is locked in place.

Never allow a passenger to sit or standon the folded seatback while thevehicle is moving:

Driving with a passenger on thefolded seatback is dangerous.Allowing a child to sit up on thefolded seatback while the vehicle ismoving is particularly dangerous. Ina sudden stop or even a minorcollision, a child not in a proper seator child-restraint system and seatbelt could be thrown forward, backor even out of the vehicle resulting inserious injuries or death. The child inthe baggage area could be throwninto other occupants and causeserious injury.

Never give the car keys to children anddo not allow them to play in thevehicle:

Playing with the folding rear seats isdangerous. The folding rearseatbacks cannot be folded downfrom inside the trunk. Once theseatbacks are back up, a child in thetrunk would not be able to get outthe way they had entered. If you havesmall children, keep the seatbackslocked (sedan).


Seats

2-7


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (22,1)

Always leave your car locked and keepthe car keys safely away from children:

Leaving your car unlocked or thekeys in reach of children isdangerous. Children who find theirway into the trunk through anunlocked rear seatback or an opentrunk can become accidentally lockedin the trunk. This could result indeath or brain damage from heatprostration, particularly in thesummer. Always lock the doors andthe trunk, and as an added measure,keep the rear seatbacks locked,whether you have children in yourhome or not.

Do not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled. Children may find these newkinds of keys to be an interesting toyto play with and could cause thepower windows or other controls tooperate, or even make the vehiclemove.

NOTEWhen returning a rear seat to its originalposition, also replace the seat belt to itsnormal position. Verify that the seat belt pullsout and retracts.

qSplit-Folding Rear Seatback

To fold the seatbacks

CAUTIONWhen operating the rear seatbackknob, make sure you support theseatback with your hand. If theseatback is not supported with yourhand, it will flip forward suddenlyand could cause injury to the fingerthat pushes the rear seatback knobdown.

1. Unfasten the lap portion of the center-rear seat belt (page 2-21).

CAUTIONAlways unfasten the lap portion ofthe belt before folding the rear-leftseatback. Leaving the lap portion ofthe belt fastened could causedamage to the seat belt, buckle andseatback.

2. Position the outboard seat belts to theside when folding the seatbacks down.

3. Support the seatback with your hand.

4. Push the rear seatback knob down.

2-8


Seats


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (23,1)

To return the seatbacks to the uprightposition

1. Position the outboard seat belts to theside.

2. Lift the seatbacks upright.

3. Make sure the seat belts are fullypulled out from under the seatbacks.

4. Pull on the top of the seatbacks frominside the vehicle to make sure they arelocked.

5. Fasten the center-rear lap/shoulder beltand check that all seat belts are routedproperly for passenger use (page 2-21).

WARNINGAlways make sure the seat belts arefully pulled out from under theseatbacks:

A seat belt caught under a seatbackafter the seatback is returned to itsupright position is dangerous. In acollision or sudden stop, the seat beltcannot provide adequate protection.

When returning the seatback to theupright position, make sure there is nored indication:

A rear seatback not fully returnedand locked in the upright position isdangerous. Sudden stops ormaneuvering could cause a seatbackto flip forward suddenly resulting ininjury. If the red indicator is visible onthe back of the rear seatback knob,the seatback is not locked in theupright position.

Locked position

Unlocked position

Red indicator


Seats

2-9


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (24,1)

qRear Seatback Lock (4 Door)

To lock or unlock a seatback, move thelever.

NOTEThe seatback locks are part of the trunksecurity system (page 3-16).

qArmrest

The rear armrest in the center of the rearseatback can be used (no occupant in thecenter seat) or placed upright.

Armrest

Head Restraintsí

Head restraints are intended to helpprotect you and the passengers from neckinjury.

WARNINGAlways drive with the head restraintsinstalled when seats are being usedand make sure they are properlyadjusted:

Driving with the head restraintsadjusted too low or removed isdangerous. With no support behindyour head, your neck could beseriously injured in a collision.

Height adjustment

To raise a head restraint, pull it up to thedesired position.To lower the head restraint, press the stop-catch release, then push the head restraintdown.Adjust the head restraint so that the top iseven with the top of the passenger's ears,never the passenger's neck to preventinjury.Front seat

2-10


íSome models.

Seats


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (25,1)

Rear seat

Removal/Installation

To remove the head restraint, pull it upwhile pressing the stop-catch.To install the head restraint, press theuprights into the holes while pressing thestop-catch.

WARNINGAlways drive with the head restraintsset up when seats are being used andmake sure they are properly set up:

Driving with the head restraints notset up is dangerous. With no supportbehind your head, your neck could beseriously injured in a collision.

Seat Warmerí

The front seats are electrically heated. Theignition switch must be in the ONposition.

Press the switch to turn the seat warmeron or off. When the switch is in the ONposition, the indicator light will come on.


Seats

2-11íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (26,1)

WARNINGØ Be careful when using the seat

warmer. The heat from the seatwarmer may be too hot for somepeople, as indicated below, andcould cause a low-temperatureburn.Ø Infants, small babies, elderly

people, and physicallychallenged people

Ø People with delicate skinØ People who are excessively

fatiguedØ People who are drunkØ People who have taken sleep-

inducing medicine such assleeping pills or cold medicine

Ø Do not use the seat warmer withanything having high moisture-retention ability such as a blanketor cushion on the seat. The seatmay be heated excessively andcause a low-temperature burn.

Ø Do not use the seat warmer evenwhen taking a short nap in thevehicle. The seat may be heatedexcessively and cause a low-temperature burn.

Ø Do not place heavy objects withsharp projections on the seat, orinsert needles or pins into it. Thiscould cause the seat to becomeexcessively heated and result ininjury from a minor burn.

CAUTIONDo not use organic solvents to cleanthe seat. It may damage the seatsurface and the heater.

NOTEUse the seat warmer when the engine isrunning, and do not continue to use it for along period of time.The temperature of the seat warmer cannot beadjusted beyond High and Low because theseat warmer is controlled by a thermostat.

2-12


Seats


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (27,1)

Seat Belt PrecautionsSeat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and suddenstops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.

All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the waywhen not in use.

The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only anemergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during acollision.

However, the front passenger's seat and all rear lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in twomodes: emergency locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the frontpassenger seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and makesure any child-restraint system is secured properly.


Seat Belt Systems

2-13


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (28,1)

WARNINGAlways wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:

Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants notwearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrownout of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the samecollision, occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.

Do not wear twisted seat belts:Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is notavailable to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,which could cause serious injury or death.

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat beltused in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengerscould be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt formore than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupantproperly restrained.

Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the beltwebbing of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequateprotection in a collision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat beltsystems in use during an accident before they are used again.

Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter hasbeen expended:

One or both front air bags may deploy, and the corresponding pretensioner(s) mayalso deploy at the same time. Like the air bags, the seat belt pretensioners will onlyfunction once. While it is safer to use a post-crash (a seat belt that was used in anaccident) than no seat belt at all, using a seat belt with an expended pretensioner orload limiter loaded reduces the safety available to you. If the seat belt pretensionersare not replaced, the risk of injury in a collision will increase. Expended seat beltpretensioners and air bags must be replaced after any collision which caused themto deploy. Additionally, the load limiter will only limit loads on the chest once in acollision and this is another reason to have the front seat belts inspected. Alwayshave an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the seat belt pretensioners and air bagsafter any collision.

2-14


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (29,1)

CAUTIONBelt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keepthem clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to “Cleaning theLap/Shoulder Belt Webbing” (page 8-64).

qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions

Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specificrecommendations.The lap belt should be worn SNUGLYAND AS LOWAS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across thestomach area.Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with yourdoctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.

qEmergency Locking Mode

In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and theretractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it willalways be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode bypulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortablemovement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic lockingmode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return the belt to the morecomfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, levelarea, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend itaround you again.If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out, retract the belt once, and then try pulling itout slowly. If this fails, pull the belt strongly one time and loosen, then pull it out againslowly.


Seat Belt Systems

2-15


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (30,1)

qAutomatic Locking Mode

Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting toan unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode,pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It willretract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on childrestraint (page 2-27).

2-16


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (31,1)

Seat Belt (Except Center-Rear Position)

NOTEWhen using the center-rear seat belt, refer to“Center-Rear Position Seat Belt” (page 2-21).

qFastening the Seat Belt

1. Grasp the seat belt tongue.

2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.

Tongue

Belt

3. Insert the seat belt tongue into the seatbelt buckle until you hear a clicksound.

Buckle

Tongue

WARNINGPositioning the Shoulder Portion of theSeat Belt:

Improper positioning of the shoulderportion of the seat belt is dangerous.Always make sure the shoulderportion of the seat belt is positionedacross your shoulder and near yourneck, but never under your arm, onyour neck, or on your upper arm.

4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,not on the abdominal area, then adjustthe shoulder belt so that it fits snuglyagainst your body.

Keep low on hip bone

Too high

Take up slack

WARNINGPositioning the Lap Portion of the SeatBelt:

The lap portion of the seat belt worntoo high is dangerous. In a collision,this would concentrate the impactforce directly on the abdominal area,causing serious injury. Wear the lapportion of the belt snugly and as lowas possible.


Seat Belt Systems

2-17


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (32,1)

qUnfastening the Seat Belt

Depress the button on the seat belt buckle.If the belt does not fully retract, pull it outand check for kinks or twists. Then makesure it remains untwisted as it retracts.

Button

NOTEIf a belt does not fully retract, inspect it forkinks and twists. If it is still not retractingproperly, have it inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qFront Shoulder Belt Adjuster

Adjust the height of the shoulder belt ifthe seat belt touches your neck, or if itcrosses your arm instead of your shoulder.To raise the shoulder belt adjuster, pushthe adjuster up. To lower the shoulder beltadjuster, pull the adjuster and slide itdown. Make sure the adjuster is locked.

To raise To lower

WARNINGPositioning the Shoulder Portion of theSeat Belt:


2-18


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (33,1)

Front Seat Belt Pretensionerand Load Limiting Systems

For optimum protection, the driver andfront passenger seat belts are equippedwith pretensioner and load limitingsystems. For both these systems to workproperly you must wear the seat beltproperly.

Pretensioners:In moderate or severe frontal or near-frontal accidents, the front air bag andpretensioner systems deploysimultaneously. The front seat beltretractors remove slack quickly as the airbags are expanding.In addition, the pretensioner system forthe front passenger, like the frontpassenger air bag, is designed to onlydeploy in accordance with the total seatedweight on the front passenger seat. Anytime the air bags and seat beltpretensioners have fired they must bereplaced. For details, refer to the frontpassenger seat weight sensors (page 2-48).

Load limiter:The load limiting system releases beltwebbing in a controlled manner to reducebelt force on the occupant's chest. Whilethe most severe load on a seat belt occursin frontal collisions, the load limiter hasan automatic mechanical function and canactivate in any accident mode withsufficient occupant movement.Even if the pretensioners have not fired,the load limiting function must bechecked by an Authorized Mazda Dealerafter any collision.

WARNINGWear seat belts only as recommendedin this owner's manual:

Incorrect positioning of the driver andfront passenger seat belts isdangerous. Without properpositioning, the pretensioner andload limiting systems cannot provideadequate protection in an accidentand this could result in serious injury.For more details about wearing seatbelts, refer to “Fastening the seatbelts” (page 2-17).

Have your seat belts changedimmediately if the pretensioner or loadlimiter has been expended:

One or both front air bags maydeploy, and the correspondingpretensioner(s) may also deploy atthe same time. Like the air bags, theseat belt pretensioners will onlyfunction once. While it is safer to usea post-crash (a seat belt that wasused in an accident) than no seat beltat all, using a seat belt with anexpended pretensioner or load limiterloaded reduces the safety available toyou. If the seat belt pretensioners arenot replaced, the risk of injury in acollision will increase. Expended seatbelt pretensioners and air bags mustbe replaced after any collision whichcaused them to deploy. Additionally,the load limiter will only limit loadson the chest once in a collision andthis is another reason to have thefront seat belts inspected. Alwayshave an Authorized Mazda Dealerinspect the seat belt pretensionersand air bags after any collision.


Seat Belt Systems

2-19


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (34,1)

Do not modify the components orwiring, or use electronic testing deviceson the pretensioner system:

Modifying the components or wiringof the pretensioner system, includingthe use of electronic testing devices isdangerous. You could accidentallyactivate it or make it inoperablewhich would prevent it fromactivating in an accident. Theoccupants or repairers could beseriously injured.

Properly dispose of the pretensionersystem:

Improper disposal of the pretensionersystem or a vehicle with non-deactivated pretensioners isdangerous. Unless all safetyprocedures are followed, injury couldresult. Ask an Authorized MazdaDealer how to safely dispose of thepretensioner system or how to scrapa pretensioner-equipped vehicle.

NOTEl The pretensioner system will activate in a

moderate or greater frontal or near-frontalcollision. The pretensioner system for thefront passenger is designed to only deployin accordance with the total seated weighton the front passenger seat. It will notactivate in most rollovers, side or rearimpacts.

l Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will bereleased when the air bags andpretensioners deploy. This does not indicatea fire. This gas normally has no effect onoccupants, however, those with sensitiveskin may experience light skin irritation. Ifresidue from the deployment of the air bagsor the front pretensioner system gets on theskin or in the eyes, wash it off as soon aspossible.

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Light

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensionersystem is working properly, the warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position or after theengine is cranked. The warning light turnsoff after a specified period of time.

A system malfunction is indicated if thewarning light constantly illuminates ordoes not illuminate at all when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition. If any of these occur, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible. The system may not work in anaccident.

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always havean Authorized Mazda Dealer performall servicing and repairs:

Self-servicing or tampering with thesystems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner could accidentallyactivate or become disabled causingserious injury or death.

2-20


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (35,1)

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Beep

If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems andthe warning light, a warning beep soundwill be heard for about 5 seconds everyminute.

The air bag and seat belt pretensionersystem warning beep sound will continueto be heard for approximately 35 minutes.Have your vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the airbag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding:

Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding is dangerous.In a collision, the air bags and thefront seat belt pretensioner systemwill not deploy and this could resultin death or serious injury.Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealerto have the vehicle inspected as soonas possible.

Center-Rear Position SeatBelt (3-Point Type)

Before using the center-rear lap/shoulderbelt make sure tongue (A) and anchorbuckle (B) are fastened.

(A)

(B)

qFastening the Seat Belt

1. Grasp the tongue (C).

2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.

3. Insert the tongue (C) into the buckle(D) until you hear a click.

(C)

(D) (B)

(A)


Seat Belt Systems

2-21


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (36,1)

WARNINGFastening the Center-Rear Seat Beltwith Only One Buckle:

Fastening the center-rear seat beltwith only one buckle is dangerous. Ifonly one pair of seat belt tongue andbuckle, either tongue (A) and anchorbuckle (B) or tongue (C) and anchorbuckle (D), is fastened, the seat beltcannot provide full protection. In asudden stop or collision, the usercould slide under the belt and sufferserious injuries. Always make surethat both pairs of seat belt tonguesand buckles are fastened properly.

Positioning the Shoulder Portion of theSeat Belt:


4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,not on the abdominal area, then adjustthe shoulder belt so that it fits snuglyagainst your body.

WARNINGPositioning the Lap Portion of the SeatBelt:

The lap portion of the seat belt worntoo high is dangerous. In a collision,this would concentrate the impactforce directly on the abdominal area,causing serious injury. Wear the lapportion of the belt snugly and as lowas possible.

qUnfastening the Seat Belt

Depress the button on the buckle. If thebelt does not fully retract, pull it out andcheck for kinks or twists. Then make sureit remains untwisted as it retracts.

Button

NOTEIf a belt does not fully retract, inspect it forkinks and twists. If it is still not retractingproperly, have it inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qUnfastening the Lap Portion ofthe Seat Belt

Insert a small object such as a key in theanchor buckle (B) slot.

(A)

(B)

2-22


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (37,1)

CAUTIONAlways unfasten the lap portion ofthe belt before folding the left-rearseatback. Leaving the lap portion ofthe belt fastened could causedamage to the seat belt, buckle andseatback.

NOTETo encourage rear seat passengers to weartheir seat belts, we suggest leaving the center-rear lap position of the belt fastened at alltimes except when folding the rear seatforward.

qFastening the Lap Portion of theSeat Belt

Grasp tongue (A) and insert it into theanchor buckle (B) until you hear a click. Itis now secure for passenger use.

NOTEAfter returning the left-rear seatback to itsupright position, fasten the lap portion of thebelt.

qStowing and pulling out theCenter-Rear Position Seat Belt

The center-rear position seat belt can bestowed using the following procedure.

CAUTIONWhen stowing the seat belt, makesure the belt is locked securely intothe recess. If the seat belt is notproperly stowed, it might get caughtin the seats and be damaged.

To stow the seat belt, retract the belt, puttongues (A) and (C) together and insertthem into the recess.

Sedan (Behind head restraint on leftside)

(A) (C)

Hatchback (Left side of luggagecompartment)

(A)

(C)

To pull out the seat belt, slide tongueswith your finger, and slowly pull out theseat belt from the recess.

NOTEPulling the seat belt all the way out will switchit to automatic locking mode. If automaticlocking mode is not needed, retract the seatbelt fully to convert it back to emergencylocking mode.


Seat Belt Systems

2-23


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (38,1)

Seat Belt ExtenderIf your seat belt is not long enough, evenwhen fully extended, a seat belt extendermay be available to you at no charge fromyour Authorized Mazda Dealer.This extender will be only for you and forthe particular vehicle and seat. Even if itplugs into other seat belts, it may not holdin the critical moment of a crash.When ordering an extender, only orderone that provides the necessary additionallength to fasten the seat belt properly.Please contact your Authorized MazdaDealer for more information.

WARNINGDo not use a seat belt extender unlessit is necessary:

Using a seat belt extender when notnecessary is dangerous. The seat beltwill be too long and not fit properly.In an accident, the seat belt will notprovide adequate protection and youcould be seriously injured. Only usethe extender when it is required tofasten the seat belt properly.

Do not use an improper extender:Using a seat belt extender that is foranother person or a different vehicleor seat is dangerous. The seat beltwill not provide adequate protectionand the user could be seriouslyinjured in an accident. Only use theextender provided for you and for theparticular vehicle and seat. NEVERuse the extender in a different vehicleor seat. If you sell your Mazda, donot leave your seat belt extender inthe vehicle. It could be usedaccidentally by the new owner of thevehicle. After removing the seat beltextender, discard it. Never use theseat belt extender in any othervehicle you may own in the future.

Do not use an extender that is toolong:

Using an extender that is too long isdangerous. The seat belt will not fitproperly. In an accident, the seat beltwill not provide adequate protectionand you could be seriously injured.Do not use the extender or chooseone shorter in length if the distancebetween the extender's buckle andthe center of the user's body is lessthan 15 cm (6 in).

2-24


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (39,1)

NOTEWhen not in use, remove the seat belt extenderand store it in the vehicle. If the seat beltextender is left connected, the seat beltextender might get damaged as it will notretract with the rest of the seat belt and caneasily fall out of the door when not in use andbe damaged. In addition, the seat belt warninglight will not illuminate and function properly.

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep

The seat belt warning light illuminatesand a beep sound will be heard if thedriver's seat belt is not fastened when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

Conditions of operation

Condition Result

The driver's seat belt is notfastened when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning lightflashes and a beepsound will be heardfor about 6 seconds.

The driver's seat belt isfastened while the warninglight and the beep sound areactivated.

The warning lightturns off and the beepsound stops.

The driver's seat belt isfastened before the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning light willnot illuminate and thebeep sound will not beheard.

qBelt Minder

NOTEThe belt minder can be deactivated. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate orrestore the seat belt minder.


Seat Belt Systems

2-25


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (40,1)

Driver seated/Front passenger notseated

The belt minder is a supplementalwarning to the seat belt warning function.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the warning light/beepoperates to give you further remindersaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt

Indicator

Beep

: Fastened: Unfastened: Illuminated: Flashing: Beep

Once the beep sound is heard, it continuessounding even if the vehicle speed lowersto 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until theseatbelt is fastened or the beep soundperiod has passed.

Driver seated/Front passenger seated

The seat belt warning function remindsthe front passenger to fasten the seat beltaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt(Driver)

Seat belt(Passenger)

Indicator

Beep


Placing heavy items on the frontpassenger seat may cause the frontpassenger seat belt warning function tooperate depending on the weight of theitem.


NOTEl To allow the front passenger seat weight

sensor to function properly, do not placeand sit on an additional seat cushion on thefront passenger seat. The sensor may notfunction properly because the additionalseat cushion could cause sensorinterference.

l When a small child sits on the frontpassenger seat, it is possible that neitherthe warning light nor the warning beepoperate.

2-26


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (41,1)

Child Restraint PrecautionsMazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to usethem.

You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safetyof children riding in your vehicle.

Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the ageand size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individualchild-restraint system.

A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer tothe center of the vehicle in the outboard seats, and towards the buckle on the right if thechild is seated on the center seat.

Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).

A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the airbag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for otherchild-restraint systems.

To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, thefront passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system.This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the frontpassenger seat belt pretensioner system when the total seated weight on the front passengerseat is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).

When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the frontpassenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.

Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off, Mazda strongly recommends that children beproperly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rearseats which are the best place for children.

For more details, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors” (page 2-48).


Child Restraint

2-27


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (42,1)

WARNINGUse the correct size child-restraint system:

For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must beproperly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age andsize. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.

Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint systembuckled down:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Makesure any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from thevehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchorsfor LATCH child-restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor.

Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. Nomatter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in asudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child orother occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bagforces that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may beslammed into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.

Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag thatcould deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous eventhough you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based onthe fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violentlybackward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.

2-28


Child Restraint


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (43,1)

Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous:Vehicles equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors are also equipped with afront passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-35). Even with the frontpassenger seat weight sensors, if you must use the front passenger seat for children,seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat under thefollowing conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deployingand could result in serious injury or death to the child.Ø The total seated weight of the child with the child-restraint system on the front

passenger seat is approximately 30 kg (66 lb) or more with a child in the child-restraint system.

Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraintsystem.

Ø A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.Ø A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails.Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.Ø The seat is washed.Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items

placed behind it.Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver

seat.Ø Any accessories, which might increase the total seated weight on the front

passenger seat, are attached to the front passenger seat.The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places forchildren. Always use seat belts and child restraints.

Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehiclewith side and curtain air bags:

It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area ofthe front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge alongboth sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraintsystem is used. The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could causeserious injury or death to an out of position child. Furthermore, leaning over oragainst the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate theadvantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additionalside air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better locationfor children. Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the sidewindow, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.


Child Restraint

2-29


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (44,1)

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat beltused in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengerscould be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt formore than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupantproperly restrained.

CAUTIONA seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle duringwarm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or yourchild touches them.

NOTEYour Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCHchild-restraint systems in the rear seat. When using these anchors to secure a child-restraint system,refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-37).

2-30


Child Restraint


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (45,1)

Installing Child-RestraintSystems

Accident statistics reveal that a child issafer in the rear seat. The front passenger'sseat is clearly the worst choice for anychild under 12, and with rear-facing child-restraint systems it is clearly unsafe due toair bags.

Some child-restraint systems now comewith tethers and therefore must beinstalled on the seats that take tethers tobe effective. In your Mazda, tetheredchild-restraint systems can only beaccommodated in the three positions onthe rear seat.

Even if your vehicle is equipped withfront passenger seat weight sensors (page2-48), which automatically deactivates thefront passenger air bag, a rear seat is thesafest place for a child of any age or size.

Some child-restraint systems also employspecially designed LATCH attachments;refer to “LATCH Child-RestraintSystems” (page 2-37).

WARNINGTethered Child-Restraint Systems WorkOnly on Tether-Equipped Rear Seats:

Installation of a tether equippedchild-restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat defeats the safetydesign of the system and will result inan increased chance of serious injuryif the child-restraint system goesforward without benefit of beingtethered.Place tether equipped child-restraintsystems where there are tetheranchors.

qRear Seat Child-Restraint SystemInstallation

Follow these instructions when using achild-restraint system, unless you areattaching a LATCH-equipped child-restraint system to the rear LATCH loweranchors. Refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-37).

NOTEFollow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions carefully. If youare not sure whether you have a LATCHsystem or tether, check in the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructions and followthem accordingly. Depending on the type ofchild-restraint system, it may use LATCHsystem instead of seat belts or if the belt goesacross the child's chest, may recommendagainst using automatic locking mode.

1. Make sure the seatback is securelylatched by pushing it back until it isfully locked.

2. Secure the child-restraint system withthe lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.See the manufacturer's instructions onthe child-restraint system for beltrouting instructions.


Child Restraint

2-31


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (46,1)

3. To get the retractor into the automaticlocking mode, pull the shoulder beltportion of the seat belt until the entirelength of the belt is out of the retractor.

4. Push the child-restraint system firmlyinto the vehicle seat. Be sure the beltretracts as snugly as possible. Aclicking noise from the retractor will beheard during retraction if the system isin the automatic locking mode. If thebelt does not lock the seat down tight,repeat this step.

NOTEInspect this function before each use of thechild-restraint system. You should not be ableto pull the shoulder belt out of the retractorwhile the system is in the automatic lockingmode. When you remove the child-restraintsystem, be sure the belt fully retracts to returnthe system to emergency locking mode beforeoccupants use the seat belts.

5. If your child-restraint system requiresthe use of a tether strap, refer to themanufacturer's instructions to hook andtighten the tether strap after raising thehead restraint (except center position).

Anchor bracket location (4 Door)

Anchor bracket

Tether strap position (4 Door)

Anchor bracket

Tether strap

2-32


Child Restraint


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (47,1)

Anchor bracket location (5 Dooroutboard position)

Tether strap position (5 Door outboardposition)

Forward

Tether strap

Anchor bracket location (5 Door centerposition)

Tether strap position (5 Door centerposition)

Tether strap

WARNINGUse the tether and tether anchor onlyfor a child-restraint system:

Using the tether or tether anchor tosecure anything but a child-restraintsystem is dangerous. This couldweaken or damage the tether ortether anchor and result in injury.

Always route the tether strap betweenthe head restraint and the seatback(Except center position):

Routing the tether strap on top of thehead restraint is dangerous. In acollision the tether strap could slideoff the head restraint and loosen thechild-restraint system. The child-restraint system could move whichmay result in death or injury to thechild.

Always attach the tether strap to thecorrect tether anchor position:

Attaching the tether strap to theincorrect tether anchor position isdangerous. In a collision, the tetherstrap could come off and loosen thechild-restraint system. If the child-restraint system moves it could resultin death or injury to the child.


Child Restraint

2-33


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (48,1)

qIf You Must Use the Front Seatfor Children

If you cannot put all children in the rearseat, at least put the smallest children inthe rear and be sure the largest child upfront uses the shoulder belt over theshoulder.NEVER put a rear-facing child-restraintsystem on the front passenger seat, evenwith a seat weight sensor equippedvehicle.This seat is also not set up for tetheredchild-restraint systems, put them in one ofthe rear seat positions set up with tetheranchors.Likewise the LATCH child-restraintsystem cannot be secured in the frontpassenger's seat and should be used in therear seat.Do not allow anyone to sleep against theside window if you have an optional sideand curtain air bag, it could cause seriousinjuries to an out of position occupant. Aschildren more often sleep in cars, it isbetter to put them in the rear seat. Ifinstalling the child-restraint system on thefront seat is unavoidable, follow theseinstructions when using a front-facingchild-restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat.

NOTEl To check if your front seats have side air

bags:Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bagwill have a “SRS AIRBAG” tag on theoutboard shoulder of the front seats.

l To check if your vehicle has curtain airbags:Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain airbag will have an “SRS AIRBAG” markingon the window pillars along the roof edge.

WARNINGAlways move the front passenger seatas far back as possible if installing afront-facing child-restraint system on itis unavoidable:

As your vehicle has front air bagsand doubly so if your vehicle has sideair bags, a front-facing child-restraint system should be put on thefront passenger seat only when it isunavoidable.Even if the front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator lightilluminates, always move the seat asfar back as possible, because theforce of a deploying air bag couldcause serious injury or death to thechild.

Never use a rear-facing child-restraintsystem in the front seat with an air bagthat could deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systemson the front seat are particularlydangerous.Even in a moderate collision, thechild-restraint system can be hit by adeploying air bag and movedviolently backward resulting inserious injury or death to the child.Even though you may feel assuredthat the front passenger air bag willnot deploy based on the fact that thefront passenger air bag deactivationindicator light illuminates.

2-34


Child Restraint


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (49,1)

Do not allow a child or anyone to leanover or against the side window of avehicle with side and curtain air bags:

It is dangerous to allow anyone tolean over or against the side window,the area of the front passenger seat,the front and rear window pillars andthe roof edge along both sides fromwhich the side and curtain air bagsdeploy, even if a child-restraintsystem is used. The impact ofinflation from a side or curtain airbag could cause serious injury ordeath to an out of position child.Furthermore, leaning over or againstthe front door could block the sideand curtain air bags and eliminatethe advantages of supplementalprotection. With the front air bag andthe additional side air bag thatcomes out of the front seat, the rearseat is always a better location forchildren. Take special care not toallow a child to lean over or againstthe side window, even if the child isseated in a child-restraint system.

qFront Passenger's Seat Child-Restraint System Installation

1. Slide the seat as far back as possible.

2. Secure the child-restraint system withthe lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.See the manufacturer's instructions onthe child-restraint system for beltrouting instructions.

3. To get the retractor into the automaticlocking mode, pull the shoulder beltportion of the seat belt until the entirelength of the belt is out of the retractor.

4. Push the child-restraint system firmlyinto the vehicle seat. Be sure the beltretracts as snugly as possible. Aclicking noise from the retractor will beheard during retraction if the system isin automatic locking mode. If the beltdoes not lock the seat down tight,repeat the previous step and also thisone.

NOTEl Inspect this function before each use of the

child-restraint system. You should not beable to pull the shoulder belt out of theretractor while the system is in theautomatic locking mode. When you removethe child-restraint system, be sure the beltfully retracts to return the system toemergency locking mode before occupantsuse the seat belts.

l Follow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions carefully.Depending on the type of child-restraintsystem, it may not employ seat belts whichare in automatic locking mode.

5. Make sure the front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light illuminatesafter installing a child-restraint systemon the front passenger seat.Refer to Front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light on page2-48.


Child Restraint

2-35


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (50,1)

With seat warmer

Without seat warmer

WARNINGDo not seat a child in a child-restraintsystem on the front passenger seat ifthe front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light does notilluminate:

While it is always better to install anychild-restraint system on the rearseat, it is imperative that a child-restraint system ONLY be used on thefront passenger seat if thedeactivation indicator lightilluminates when the child is seatedin the child-restraint system (page2-48). Seating a child in a child-restraint system installed on the frontpassenger seat with the frontpassenger air bag deactivationindicator light not illuminated isdangerous. If this indicator light doesnot illuminate even when the totalseated weight is less thanapproximately 30 kg (66 lb), thismeans that the front passenger frontand side air bags, and seat beltpretensioner are ready fordeployment. If an accident were todeploy an air bag, a child in a child-restraint system sitting in the frontpassenger seat could be seriouslyinjured or killed. If the indicator lightdoes not illuminate after seating achild in a child-restraint system onthe front passenger seat, seat a childin a child-restraint system on the rearseat and consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

2-36


Child Restraint


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (51,1)

LATCH Child-Restraint SystemsYour Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designedLATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seat. Both anchors must be used, otherwise theseat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Most LATCH child-restraint systemsmust also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have a tether youmust use it to better assure your child's safety.

WARNINGFollow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Makesure the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.

Never attach two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor:Attaching two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous.In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child-restraintsystem attachments, and it may break, causing serious injury or death. If you use theseat position for another child-restraint system when an outboard LATCH position isoccupied, use the center seat belts instead, and the tether if tether-equipped.

Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Followthe child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure theseat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child inan improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle orfasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCHchild-restraint systems.

Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child-restraint system:

Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installingthe child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent thechild-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors andthe child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system couldmove in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child orother occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are noseat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always followthe child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.


Child Restraint

2-37


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (52,1)

qChild-Restraint System InstallationProcedure (Rear Outboard Seats)


2. Expand the area between the seatbottom and the seatback slightly toverify the locations of the LATCHlower anchors.

NOTEThe markings above the LATCH lower anchorsindicate the locations of LATCH loweranchors for the attachment of a child-restraintsystem.

3. Secure the child-restraint system usingBOTH LATCH lower anchors,following the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instruction. Pull on thechild-restraint to be sure both anchorsare engaged.

4. If your child-restraint system cameequipped with a tether, that means it isvery important to properly secure thetether for child safety. Please carefullyfollow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions wheninstalling tethers.


Anchor bracket


Anchor bracket

Tether strap


2-38


Child Restraint


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (53,1)


Forward

Tether strap



Always route the tether strap betweenthe head restraint and the seatback:

Routing the tether strap on top of thehead restraint is dangerous. In acollision the tether strap could slideoff the head restraint and loosen thechild-restraint system. The child-restraint system could move whichmay result in death or injury to thechild.



qChild-Restraint System InstallationProcedure (Rear Center Seat)

The LATCH lower anchors at the centerof the rear seat are much further apart thanthe sets of LATCH lower anchors forchild-restraint system installation at otherseating positions. Child-restraint systemswith rigid LATCH attachments cannot beinstalled on the center seating position.Some LATCH equipped child-restraintsystems can be placed in the centerposition and will reach the nearestLATCH lower anchors which are 400 mm(15.75 in) apart. LATCH compatiblechild-restraint systems (with attachmentson belt webbing) can be used at thisseating position only if the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructions statethat the child-restraint system can beinstalled to LATCH lower anchors that are400 mm (15.75 in) apart. Do not attachtwo child-restraint systems to the sameLATCH lower anchor. If your child-restraint system has a tether, it must alsobe used for your child's optimum safety.


Child Restraint

2-39


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (54,1)






2. Expand the area between the seatbottom and the seatback slightly toverify the locations of the LATCHlower anchors.

NOTEThe markings above the LATCH lower anchorsindicate the locations of LATCH loweranchors for the attachment of a child-restraintsystem.

3. Secure the child-restraint system usingBOTH LATCH lower anchors,following the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions. Pull on thechild-restraint to be sure both anchorsare engaged.

4. If your child-restraint system cameequipped with a tether, that means it isvery important to properly secure thetether for child safety. Please carefullyfollow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions wheninstalling tethers.


Anchor bracket


Anchor bracket

Tether strap

2-40


Child Restraint


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (55,1)



Tether strap


Child Restraint

2-41


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (56,1)

Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) PrecautionsThe front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include up to 6 air bags. You canlocate the various air bags by the use of “SRS AIRBAG” location indicators. Theseindicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed.The air bags are installed in the following locations:

l The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)l The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)l The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)í

l The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)í

These systems operate independently depending on the type of accident encountered; ifyou have side and curtain air bags, the side and curtain air bags are not likely to deploy onboth sides in the same accident because a vehicle is not often hit from both sides. The sideand curtain air bags and the frontal air bag system will not normally deploy during thesame type of accident unless a combination of frontal and side impacts occur.

The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protectiononly in the front seats in certain situations and the rear outside passenger positions only insame-side collisions, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:

Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.Seat belt usage is necessary to:l Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.l Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air baginflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.

l Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal or side collisions that are not severe enoughto activate the air bags.

l Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.l Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because theair bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.

l Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.

Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in everystate and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraintsystem (page 2-27).Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow theinstallation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions.

2-42


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (57,1)

WARNINGSeat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:

Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous.Alone, air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can beexpected to inflate only in the first collision with frontal, near frontal or side forcesthat are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts.

Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could behit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. Even if the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, always move the frontpassenger seat as far back as possible. A sleeping child is more likely to lean againstthe door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate, right-side collision. Wheneverpossible, always secure a child 12 years and under on the rear seat with anappropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.

Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag thatcould deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous eventhough you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based onthe fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violentlybackward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.

Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing handsor feet on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bagsinflate with great force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is tooclose. The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. Thefront seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat occupants shouldadjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against theseatbacks with seat belts worn properly.


SRS Air Bags

2-43


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (58,1)

Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly:Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them is extremelydangerous. The side air bags inflate with great force and speed directly out of theoutboard side of the front seat and expand along the front door on the side the car ishit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaningagainst a window, or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front seatbacks.Furthermore, sleeping up against the door or hanging out the windows in the vehiclecould block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages ofsupplemental protection. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by sittingin the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger airbags deploy:

Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placingsomething in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interferewith air bag inflation and injure the occupants.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:Attaching things to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of theseat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the sideair bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the addedprotection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that isdangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the frontseats. Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modulesin your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on thewindshield glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roofedge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with thecurtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along theroof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirectingthe air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut openreleasing the gas.Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes,hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules freeto deploy in the event of a side collision.

Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The componentsessential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event ofa side collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in deathor serious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to thesupplemental restraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under the frontseats.

2-44


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (59,1)

Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bagshave inflated:

Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bagshave inflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You couldget burned.

Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar,bull bar, push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. Theair bag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflateunexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident.Front occupants could be seriously injured.

Do not modify the suspension:Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or thesuspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collisionresulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of seriousinjuries.

Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system isdangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not makeany modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extraelectrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized MazdaDealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of frontseats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that thebags do not accidentally deploy, the driver seat slide position sensor and frontpassenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain anundamaged air bag connection.

NOTEl When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released.

Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injurieson body parts not covered with clothing through friction.

l Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and thatfamiliarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is important.


SRS Air Bags

2-45


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (60,1)

Supplemental Restraint System ComponentsThe supplemental restraint systems (SRS) have two basic subsystems:l The air bag system with inflators and air bags.l The electrical system with crash sensors and diagnostic module.

The air bags are mounted in the following locations:l The steering wheel hubl The front passenger dashboardl The outboard sides of the front seatbacksí

l The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sidesí

The air bags are out of sight until activated.

Driver/Front passenger inflators and air bagsCrash sensors, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)Front seat belt pretensioners (page 2-19)Front air bag sensorSide crash sensorsí

Air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning lightSide and curtain inflators and air bagsí

Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-48)Front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-48)Front passenger seat weight sensor control module

2-46


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (61,1)

Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-48)Driver seat slide position sensorFront seats


SRS Air Bags

2-47


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (62,1)

How the Air Bags Work

qHow the Front Air Bags Work

When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, anelectrical current is sent to the inflators.Gases are produced to inflate the front air bags and after the inflation, the front air bagsquickly deflate.The front air bags will function only once. After that, the front air bags will not workagain and must be replaced.Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can replace the system components.

The front, dual stage air bags control air bag inflation in two energy stages. During animpact of moderate severity the front air bags deploy with lesser energy, whereas duringmore severe impacts, they deploy with more energy. Deployment of the front air bags maydiffer between the driver and the front passenger depending on the driver seat position,front passenger weight and front seat belt usage, all of which provide data from each sensorto the air bag system.

The front air bags will deploy only in a frontal or frontal offset impact.

Driver seat slide position sensor

Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of thesupplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensordetermines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seatposition to the diagnostic module (SAS unit). The SAS unit is also designed to control thedeployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steeringwheel.

The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has apossible malfunction (page 2-57).

2-48


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (63,1)

Front passenger seat weight sensors

Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of thesupplemental restraint system. (page 2-35). These sensors are located under both of thefront passenger seat rails. These sensors determine the total seated weight on the frontpassenger seat. The SAS unit is designed to prevent the front passenger front and side airbags and seat belt pretensioner system from deploying if the total seated weight is less thanapproximately 30 kg (66 lbs).

To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, thesystem deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat beltpretensioner system when:

l There is no passenger in the front passenger seat. (The front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light does not illuminate.)

l The total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66lbs). (The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.)

This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensionersystem, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminatesaccording to the following table.

The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possiblemalfunction. If this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat beltpretensioner system will not deploy.

Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light

This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side airbags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.

With seat warmerWithout seat warmer


SRS Air Bags

2-49


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (64,1)

If the front passenger weight sensors are working properly, the indicator light illuminateswhen the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. After a specified period of time itgoes out.

The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:

Total seated weight on thefront passenger seat

Front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light

Front passenger front andside air bags

Front passenger seatbelt pretensioner

system

Empty (Not occupied)* OFF Deactivated Deactivated

Less than approx. 30 kg(66 lbs)

ON Deactivated Deactivated

Approx. 42 kg (93 lbs) ormore

OFF Ready Ready

* If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates,however this does not indicate a malfunction.

Curtain air bag is always ready to inflate and is not deactivated like the passenger front and side air bag.

If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON position and does not illuminate as indicated in theabove chart, do not allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat; contact the AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not work properly in an accident.

2-50


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (65,1)

WARNINGDo not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:

When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat, decreasing the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight ofapproximately 42 kg (93 lbs) required for air bag deployment is dangerous. The frontpassenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight conditionand the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systemwill not deploy during an accident. The front passenger will not have thesupplementary protection of the air bag, which could result in serious injury.Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seatedweight of approximately 42 kg (93 lbs) could result in an air bag not deploying underthe following conditions, for example:Ø A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with their feet.Ø Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the

front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seatbottom.

Ø The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entireweight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door,grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatbackreclined too far.

Ø Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the frontpassenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.

The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems willdeactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is close to 30 kg (66lbs) and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg (93 lbs).


SRS Air Bags

2-51


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (66,1)

Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, increasing the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight ofapproximately 30 kg (66 lbs) is dangerous. The front passenger seat weight sensorswill detect the increased total seated weight, which could result in the unexpecteddeployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensionersystem in an accident and may cause serious injury. Increasing the total seatedweight on the front passenger seat beyond the total seated weight of approximately30 kg (66 lbs) could result in the front passenger front and side air bags and seatbelt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions,for example:Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint

system.Ø A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.Ø A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with their feet.Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.Ø The seat is washed.Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items

placed behind it.Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver

seat.Ø Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front

passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems willdeactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less thanapproximately 30 kg (66 lbs) and they will reactivate when the weight exceedsapproximately 42 kg (93 lbs).

CAUTIONØ To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the

sensors in the front seat bottoms:Ø Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on

them.Ø Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.

Ø To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:Ø Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the

seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.Ø If you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint

system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page2-35).

2-52


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (67,1)

NOTEl The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and

side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.l The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or

other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the vehicle's interiorchanges suddenly.

l The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat changes.

l If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing achild-restraint system on the front passenger seat, install the child-restraint system on the rearseat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Driver and front passenger buckle switches

The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts aresecurely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.

qHow the Side and Curtain Air Bags Workí

When air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, anelectrical current is sent to the inflators.Gases are produced to inflate the side and curtain air bags and after the inflation, the sideand curtain air bags quickly deflate. However, the side air bag system for the frontpassenger is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the frontpassenger seat, however the curtains are not deactivated.The side and curtain air bags will function only once. After that, the side and curtain airbags will not work again and must be replaced. Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer canreplace the systems.

The side and curtain air bags will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of the impact.


SRS Air Bags

2-53íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (68,1)

qAir Bag Activation/Deactivation

NOTEIf the front passenger seat weight sensors detect a total seated weight on the front passenger seat isless than approximately 42 kg (93 lb), the front passenger front and side air bags and seat beltpretensioner may not deploy (page 2-48), but the curtain air bags may deploy.

Front air bag activation

The front air bags will inflate if theseverity of impact is above the designedthreshold level.l Hitting a solid wall straight on atgreater than about 22 km/h (14 mph).

l Hitting a curb, pavement edge or hardobject.

l Landing hard or the vehicle falling.

l Frontal impact within about a 30degree range from head-on to thevehicle.

l Driving into a big hole or hitting the farside of a hole.

Limitations to front air bag activation

Depending on the severity of impact, thefront air bags may not inflate in thefollowing cases:l Impacts involving trees or poles causesevere cosmetic damage but may nothave enough stopping force to activatethe air bag.

2-54


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (69,1)

l Frontal offset impact to the vehiclemay not provide the stopping forcenecessary for air bag deployment.

l Rear-ending or running under a truck'stail gate may not provide the stoppingforce necessary for air bag deployment.

Non-activation of front air bags

Front air bags will not normally inflate inthe following cases:l Collision from the rear.

l Impact to the side, but it may deploythe side and curtain air bags.

l Vehicle roll-over, may deploy the sideand curtain air bags but not the front airbags.

Side and curtain air bag activationí

The severity of impact above the designedthreshold level to one side of the vehicle(driver or passenger side areas) will causethe side and curtain air bags on that sideto inflate, but it will not normally deploythe front air bags.

Limitations to side and curtain air bagactivationí

Depending on the severity of impact, theside and curtain air bags may not inflate inthe following cases:l Frontal offset impact may not provideenough side impact to deploy the sideand curtain air bags.


SRS Air Bags

2-55íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (70,1)

l Side impacts involving trees or polescan cause severe cosmetic damage butmay not have enough impact force toactivate the side and curtain air bags.

l Vehicle roll-over may not provideenough side force to deploy the sideand curtain air bags.

l Side impacts with two-wheeledvehicles may not provide enough forceto deploy the side and curtain air bags.

Non-activation of side and curtain airbagí

The side and curtain air bags will notnormally inflate in the following cases:l Collision from the rear.

l Collision from the front, but it maydeploy the front air bags.

qConstant Monitoring

The following components of the air bagsystems are monitored by a diagnosticsystem:

l SAS unitl Front air bag sensorl Air bag modulesl Side crash sensorsí

l Air bag/Front seat belt pretensionersystem warning light

l Front seat belt pretensionersl Front passenger air bag deactivationindicator light

l Related wiringl Driver seat slide position sensorl Front passenger seat weight sensorsl Driver and front passenger seat beltbuckle switches

2-56


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (71,1)

The diagnostic module continuouslymonitors the system's readiness. Thisbegins when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position and continues whilethe vehicle is being driven.







If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems andthe warning light, a warning beep soundwill be heard for about 5 seconds everyminute.

The air bag and seat belt pretensionersystem warning beep sound will continueto be heard for approximately 35 minutes.Have your vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.



qMaintenance

The air bag systems do not require regularmaintenance. But if any of the followingoccurs, take your vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible:l The air bag system warning lightflashes.

l The air bag system warning lightremains illuminated.

l The air bag system warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position.


SRS Air Bags

2-57


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (72,1)

l The air bag system warning beepsound will be heard.

l The air bags have deployed.l Front passenger air bag deactivationindicator light does not illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position or does not illuminateas indicated in the chart. For moredetails about this indicator light andthis chart, refer to “Front passengerseat weight sensors” (page 2-48).

WARNINGDo not operate a vehicle with damagedair bag/seat belt pretensioner systemcomponents:

Expended or damaged air bag/seatbelt pretensioner system componentsmust be replaced after any collisionwhich caused them to deploy ordamage them. Only a trainedAuthorized Mazda Dealer can fullyevaluate these systems to see thatthey will work in any subsequentaccident. Driving with an expendedor damaged air bag or pretensionerunit will not afford you the necessaryprotection in the event of anysubsequent accident which couldresult in serious injury or death.

Do not remove interior air bag parts:Removing any components such asthe front seats, front dashboard, thesteering wheel or parts on the frontand rear window pillars and alongthe roof edge, containing air bagparts or sensors is dangerous. Theseparts contain essential air bagcomponents. The air bag couldaccidentally activate and causeserious injuries. Always have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer removethese parts.

Dispose of the air bag properly:Improper disposal of an air bag or avehicle with live air bags in it can beextremely dangerous. Unless allsafety procedures are followed, injurycan result. Ask an Authorized MazdaDealer how to safely dispose of an airbag or how to scrap an air bagequipped vehicle.

2-58


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (73,1)

NOTEIf it becomes necessary to have the componentsor wiring system for the supplementaryrestraint system modified to accommodate aperson with certain medical conditions inaccordance with a certified physician, contactan Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to“Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)” (page 9-2).


SRS Air Bags

2-59


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (74,1)

2-60


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (75,1)

3 Knowing Your Mazda

Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

Doors and Locks ........................................................................... 3-2Keys .......................................................................................... 3-2Keyless Entry Systemí ............................................................ 3-3Door Locks ............................................................................... 3-8Liftgate (5 Door) ..................................................................... 3-11Trunk Lid (4 Door) ................................................................. 3-14Inside Trunk Release Lever (4 Door) ...................................... 3-17Power Windowsí ................................................................... 3-18Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ........................................................... 3-20Hood ....................................................................................... 3-22Moonroofí ............................................................................. 3-24

Security System ........................................................................... 3-26Immobilizer System ................................................................ 3-26Theft-Deterrent Systemí ........................................................ 3-28

Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-30Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-30Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-30

3-1íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (76,1)

Keys

WARNINGDo not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled. Children may find these newkinds of keys to be an interesting toyto play with and could cause thepower windows or other controls tooperate, or even make the vehiclemove.

NOTEl Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-26) for

information regarding keys and enginestarting.

l (With theft-deterrent system)Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-28)for information regarding keys and theprevention of vehicle and vehicle contentstheft.

The keys operate all locks.Type A

Key code number plate

Retractable type key

Type B

Key code number plate

A code number is stamped on the plateattached to the key set; detach this plateand store it in a safe place (not in thevehicle) for use if you need to make areplacement key.

NOTEl Write down the code number and keep it in

a separate safe and convenient place, butnot in the vehicle.If your key is lost, consult your AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have your code numberready.

l Some types of key chains cannot beattached to the retractable type key. In thiscase, use the key ring provided with thetransmitter which has the key code numberplate attached.

Key ring

3-2

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (77,1)

Key extend/retract method (Retractabletype key)

To extend the key, press the releasebutton.

To retract the key, rotate it into the holderwhile pressing the release button.

Keyless Entry Systemí

This system remotely locks and unlocksthe doors and the liftgate, and opens thetrunk lid.It can also help you signal for attention.Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the transmitter,do not:Ø Drop the transmitter.Ø Get the transmitter wet.Ø Disassemble the transmitter.Ø Expose the transmitter to any kind

of magnetic field.Ø Expose the transmitter to high

temperatures on places such asthe dashboard or hood, underdirect sunlight.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-3íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (78,1)

NOTEl The keyless entry system is designed to

operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from thecenter of the vehicle, but this may vary dueto local conditions.

l The system does not operate when the key isin the ignition switch.

l Doors and the liftgate can be locked bypressing the lock button while any otherdoor or the liftgate is open. However, thehazard warning lights will not flash and thehorn will not sound.

l If the transmitter does not operate whenpressing a button or the operation rangebecomes too small, the battery may bedead. To install a new battery, refer toMaintenance (page 3-6).

l Additional transmitters can be obtained atan Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 3transmitters can be used with the keylessentry system per vehicle. Bring alltransmitters to an Authorized MazdaDealer when additional transmitters arerequired.

qTransmitter

Integrated key type

Lock button

Unlock button

Trunk button

Panic button

Operation indicator light

Non-key type

Unlock button

Lock buttonPanic button

Trunk button

NOTEl (U.S.A.)

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

l (CANADA)This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry CANADA. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference,including interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

The operation indicator light flashes whenthe buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors and the liftgate, pressthe lock button and the hazard warninglights will flash once.

To confirm that all doors and the liftgatehave been locked, press the lock buttonagain within 5 seconds. If they are closedand locked, the horn will sound and thehazard warning lights will flash once.

3-4

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (79,1)

NOTEl Pressing the transmitter lock button to lock

the doors while any door is open does notsound the horn.

l (Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash onceto indicate that all doors and the liftgateare locked.

l (With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights only flash whenthe theft deterrent system is armed.The hazard warning lights do not flash if allthe doors and the liftgate are locked beforethe theft-deterrent system is properlyarmed.Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page3-28.

NOTEl All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked

when the key is in the ignition switch.l Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are

locked visually or audibly by use of thedouble click.

Unlock button

To unlock the driver's door, press theunlock button and the hazard warninglights will flash twice.

To unlock all doors and the liftgate, pressthe unlock button again within 5 secondsand the hazard warning lights will flashtwice.

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that all doors and the liftgate areunlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights only flash when thetheft deterrent system is turned off.The hazard warning lights do not flash unlessthe theft deterrent system has been properlyturned off.Refer to the theft-deterrent system on page3-28.

NOTEAuto re-lock functionAfter unlocking with the transmitter, all doorsand the liftgate will automatically lock if oneof the doors or the liftgate is not opened withinabout 30 seconds.

Trunk button

To open the trunk, press and hold thetrunk button until the trunk lid opens.

Panic button

If you witness from a distance someoneattempting to break into or damage yourvehicle, pressing the panic button willactivate the vehicle's alarm.

NOTEThe panic button will work whether any dooror the liftgate is open or closed.

Turning on the alarm

Pressing the panic button for 1 second ormore will trigger the alarm for about 2minutes and 30 seconds, and thefollowing will occur:l The horn sounds intermittently.l The hazard warning lights flash.

Turning off the alarm

Press any button on the transmitter.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-5


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (80,1)

qTransmitter Maintenance

CAUTIONØ Make sure the battery is installed

with the correct pole facingupward. Battery leakage couldoccur if it is not installed correctly.

Ø When replacing the battery, becareful not to bend the electricalterminals or get oil on them. Alsobe careful not to get dirt in thetransmitter as it could bedamaged.

Ø There is the danger of explosion ifthe battery is not correctlyreplaced.

Ø Replace only with the same typebattery.Ø Integrated key type: CR1620 or

equivalentØ Non-key type: CR2025 or

equivalentØ Dispose of used batteries

according to the followinginstructions.Ø Insulate the plus and minus

terminals of the battery usingcellophane or equivalent tape.

Ø Never disassemble.Ø Never throw the battery into

fire and/or water.Ø Never deform or crush.

Replacing the transmitter battery

Integrated key type

1. Unfold the key (page 3-2).

2. Insert a small flathead screwdriver intothe slot and push the tab to remove thekey from the transmitter.

Tab

3. Insert a small flathead screwdriver intothe slot and gently pry open thetransmitter.

3-6

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (81,1)

4. Press the portion of the batteryindicated by A and remove the battery.

A

NOTEIf it is difficult to remove the battery bypressing with a finger, use a small flatheadscrewdriver to press out the battery.

5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 orequivalent) with the positive pole ( )facing down.

6. Align the front and back covers andsnap the transmitter shut.

7. Install the key to the transmitter.

Non-key type

1. Insert a small flathead screwdriver intothe slot and gently pry open thetransmitter.

Back cover

Slot

2. Press the portion of the batteryindicated by A and remove the battery.

A

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-7


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (82,1)

3. Install a new battery (CR2025 orequivalent) into the front portion of theholder with the positive pole ( )facing up. Press on the B portion of thebattery to set the battery.

B

Back cover

Front cover

Front of holder

4. Align the front and back covers andsnap the transmitter shut.

qService

If you have a problem with the keylessentry system, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bringall remaining transmitters to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible for a replacement and to makethe lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.

CAUTIONRadio equipment like this is governedby laws in the United States.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

Door Locks

WARNINGAlways take all children and pets withyou or leave a responsible person withthem:

Leaving a child or a pet unattendedin a parked vehicle is dangerous. Inhot weather, temperatures inside avehicle can become high enough tocause brain damage or even death.

Do not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled.

Keep all doors locked when driving:Unlocked doors in a moving vehicleare dangerous. Passengers can fallout if a door is accidentally openedand can more easily be thrown out inan accident.

3-8

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (83,1)

Always close all the windows and themoonroof, lock the doors and take thekey with you when leaving your vehicleunattended:

(Except 4 Door)Leaving your vehicle unlocked isdangerous as children could lockthemselves in a hot vehicle, whichcould result in death. Also, a vehicleleft unlocked becomes an easy targetfor thieves and intruders.(4 Door)Leaving your vehicle unlocked isdangerous as children could lockthemselves in a hot vehicle, orbecome trapped by climbing into thetrunk, which could result in death.Also, a vehicle left unlocked becomesan easy target for thieves andintruders.

qLocking, Unlocking with Key

The driver's door can be locked/unlockedwith the key.Turn the key toward the front to unlock,toward the back to lock.

Unlock

Lock

NOTEIf your vehicle is equipped with a frontpassenger door key cylinder, the door can belocked/unlocked with the key.

qLocking, Unlocking withTransmitterí

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-3).

qLocking, Unlocking with Door-Lock Knob

To lock any door from the inside, push thedoor-lock knob.To unlock, pull it out.This does not operate the other doorlocks.

Unlock

Lock

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-9íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (84,1)

To lock any door with the door-lock knobfrom the outside, push the door-lock knobto the lock position and close the door.This does not operate the other doorlocks.

Door-lock knob (Lock position)

NOTEWhen locking the doors this way, be carefulnot to leave the key inside the vehicle.

qPower Door Locksí

Vehicle lock-out prevention

The vehicle lock-out prevention featureprevents you from locking yourself out ofthe vehicle. With the key in the ignitionswitch, all doors and the liftgate willautomatically unlock if they are lockedusing the power door locks with eitherfront door open.

Locking, unlocking with key

All doors and the liftgate lockautomatically when the driver's door islocked with the key. All doors and theliftgate unlock when the driver's door isunlocked and the key is held in the unlockposition for one second or longer.

Unlock

Lock

NOTEHolding the key in the unlocked position in thedriver's door lock for about a second unlocksall doors and the liftgate. To unlock only thedriver's door, insert the key into the driver'sdoor lock and turn the key briefly to the unlockposition and then immediately return it to thecenter position.

3-10

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (85,1)

Locking, unlocking with door-lockswitch

All doors and the liftgate lockautomatically when LOCK is pressed.They all unlock when the unmarked partof the door-lock switch is pressed.

Unlock

Lock

qRear Door Child Safety Locks

These locks are intended to help preventchildren from accidentally opening therear doors. Use them both whenever achild rides in the vehicle.

If you insert the key and turn the childsafety lock to the lock position beforeclosing that door, the door cannot beopened from the inside.The door can be opened only by liftingthe outside handle.

Lock

Unlock

Liftgate (5 Door)

WARNINGNever allow a person to ride in theluggage compartment:

Allowing a person to ride in theluggage compartment is dangerous.The person in the luggagecompartment could be seriouslyinjured or killed during suddenbraking or a collision.

Do not drive with the liftgate open:Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicleis dangerous. An open liftgate in amoving vehicle will cause exhaustgas to be drawn into the cabin. Thisgas contains CO (carbon monoxide),which is colorless, odorless, andhighly poisonous, and it can causeloss of consciousness and death.Moreover, an open liftgate couldcause occupants to fall out in anaccident.

qLocking, Unlocking with Keyí

To lock the liftgate with the key, insert thekey and turn it counterclockwise.To unlock the liftgate with the key, insertthe key and turn it clockwise.

Unlock

Lock

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-11íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (86,1)

The liftgate can be locked/unlocked byinserting the key into the driver's door keyslot, refer to Power Door Locks (page3-10).

qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter

The liftgate can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-3).

qLocking, Unlocking with Door-Lock Switch

The liftgate can be locked/unlocked byoperating the door-lock switch, refer toPower Door Locks (page 3-10).

qOpening and Closing the Liftgate

Opening the liftgate

Pull the handle and lift up the liftgate.

NOTEIf the vehicle battery is dead or there is amalfunction in the electrical system and theliftgate cannot be unlocked, perform thefollowing procedure as an emergency measureto unlock it:

1. Remove the cap on the interior surface ofthe liftgate with a flathead screwdriver.

Cap

2. Turn the lever to the right to unlock theliftgate.

Lever

After performing this emergency measure,have the vehicle inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Closing the liftgate

Use both hands to push the liftgate downuntil the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it issecurely latched.

3-12

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (87,1)

qLuggage Compartment

WARNINGDo not place anything on top of thecover:

Placing luggage or other cargo ontop of the luggage compartmentcover is dangerous. During suddenbraking or a collision, the cargocould become a projectile that couldhit and injure someone. The vehiclehas a light weight luggagecompartment cover to keep thecontents of your luggage area out ofsight; it will not retain heavy objectsthat are not tied down in an accidentsuch as a rollover. Tie down all heavyobjects, whether luggage or cargo,using the tie down hooks.

Make sure luggage and cargo issecured before driving:


CAUTIONMake sure the luggage compartmentcover is firmly secured. If it is notfirmly secured, it could unexpectedlydisengage resulting in injury.

Luggage compartment cover strap

The luggage compartment can beaccessed by opening the liftgate when thestraps are attached to the sides of theliftgate.

Strap

Luggage compartment cover

The luggage compartment can beaccessed by opening the luggagecompartment cover from the inside of thevehicle.

Latch

Latch

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-13


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (88,1)

CAUTIONTo prevent cargo from shifting whiledriving or during suddendeceleration, be careful of thefollowing:Ø Do not open the luggage

compartment cover while thevehicle is moving.

Ø Do not overload the luggagecompartment so that the covercannot be closed.

Ø Do not allow cargo to interferewith the luggage compartmentcover latch.

This cover can be removed for moreroom. To do this, just unfasten the straps;then lift and pull it out.

Trunk Lid (4 Door)

WARNINGNever allow a person to ride in thetrunk:

Allowing a person to ride in the trunkis dangerous. In addition, the personin the trunk could be seriouslyinjured or killed during suddenbraking or a collision.

Keep the trunk closed when driving:Exhaust gas entering the cabin of avehicle through an open trunk isdangerous. This gas contains CO(carbon monoxide), which iscolorless, odorless, and highlypoisonous. If inhaled, it can causeloss of consciousness and death.

3-14

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (89,1)

qOpening and Closing the Trunk Lid

WARNINGClose the trunk lid, be sure the seatbacks are latched and do not allowchildren to play inside the vehicle:

Leaving the trunk lid open or leavingchildren in the vehicle with the keys isdangerous. Children could open thetrunk lid and climb inside resulting inpossible injury or death from heatexposure.

Always keep the car from being atempting place to play by locking rearseats, doors and the trunk, andkeeping the keys where children cannot play with them:

Leaving children or animalsunattended in a parked vehicle isdangerous. Babies left sleeping andchildren who lock themselves in carsor trunks can die very quickly fromheat prostration. Do not leave yourchildren or pets alone in a car at anytime. Do not leave the car, the rearfolding seats or the trunk unlocked.

CAUTIONFor vehicles equipped with a rearspoiler, do not lift the trunk lid by thespoiler. Lifting up the trunk lid by therear spoiler could cause damage tothe rear spoiler and the trunk lid.

Opening the trunk lid with the key

Insert the key into the slot and turn itclockwise.

Open

Opening the trunk lid with the remoterelease lever

Pull up the release lever next to thedriver's seat.

Release lever

Closing the trunk lid

Use both hands to push the trunk lid downuntil the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.Pull up on the trunk lid to make sure it issecure.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-15


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (90,1)

qTrunk Security

In some situations you may want toprevent the trunk from being opened withthe remote trunk lid release lever.

Give your key only to someone you trust.

To secure the trunk lid, lock the rearseatbacks (page 2-10), push the trunk locklever up, and close the trunk.

To cancel the security feature, insert thekey into the lock, turn the key clockwise,and pull the trunk lock lever down.

Unlock

Lock

Trunk lock lever

qTrunk Light

The trunk light is on when the lid is openand off when it's closed.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the trunk open for a long periodwhen the engine is not running.

3-16

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (91,1)

Inside Trunk ReleaseLever (4 Door)

Your vehicle is equipped with an insidetrunk release handle that provides a meansof escape for children and adults in theevent they become locked inside thetrunk.

No matter how careful adults might bewith keys and locking their cars, parentsshould be aware that children may betempted to play around vehicles and usethe trunk as a hiding place.

Adults are advised to familiarizethemselves with the operation andlocation of the inside release handle sothat all children can be told about it in anappropriate way, keeping in mind thatmost vehicles do not have such handles.

WARNINGClose the trunk lid, be sure the seatbacks are latched and do not allowchildren to play inside the vehicle:

Leaving the trunk lid open or leavingchildren in the vehicle with the keys isdangerous. Children could open thetrunk lid and climb inside resulting inpossible injury or death from heatexposure.

Always keep the car from being atempting place to play by locking rearseats, doors and the trunk, andkeeping the keys where children cannot play with them:

Leaving children or animalsunattended in a parked vehicle isdangerous. Babies left sleeping andchildren who lock themselves in carsor trunks can die very quickly fromheat prostration. Do not leave yourchildren or pets alone in a car at anytime. Do not leave the car, the rearfolding seats or the trunk unlocked.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-17


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (92,1)

qOpening the Trunk Lid from theInside

Slide the inside trunk release lever in thedirection of the arrow. The lever is madeof material that will glow for hours in thedarkness of the trunk following a briefexposure to ambient light.

The inside trunk release lever is locatedon the inside of the trunk lid.

Power Windowsí

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition for the power windows tooperate.

WARNINGMake sure the opening is clear beforeclosing a window:

Closing power windows aredangerous. A person's hands, head,or even neck could be caught by thewindow and result in serious injuryor even death.This warning applies especially tochildren.

Always lock all passenger powerwindows with the power window lockswitch on the driver's side whilechildren are in the vehicle, and neverallow children to play with powerwindow switches:

Leaving the power window switchesunlocked while children are in thevehicle is dangerous. Power windowswitches that are not locked with thepower window lock switch wouldallow children to operate powerwindows unintentionally which couldresult in serious injury if a child'shands, head or neck becomes caughtby the window.

CAUTIONTo prevent burning out the fuse anddamaging the power window system,do not open or close more than threewindows at once.

3-18

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (93,1)

qOperating the Driver's SidePower Window

Manual opening/closing

To open the window to the desiredposition, lightly hold down the switch.To close the window to the desiredposition, lightly pull up the switch.

Open

CloseDriver's window

Auto-opening

To fully open the window automatically,press the switch completely down.

To stop the window partway, lightly pullup the switch and then release it.

qOperating the Passenger PowerWindows

The power windows may be operatedwhen the power window lock switch onthe driver's door is in the unlockedposition.

The passenger windows may be opened orclosed by the power window mastercontrol switches on the driver's door.

Left rear window

Power window lock switch

Front passenger's window

Right rear window

To open the window to the desiredposition, hold down the switch.To close the window to the desiredposition, pull up the switch.

Close

Open

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-19


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (94,1)

qPower Window Lock Switch

With the lock switch in the unlockedposition (button not depressed), all powerwindows on each door can be operated.

With the lock switch in the lockedposition (button depressed), only thedriver's side power window can beoperated.

Locked position

Unlocked position

WARNINGUnless a passenger needs to operate apower window, keep the power windowlock switch in the locked position:

Unintentional power windowoperation is dangerous. A person'shands, head, or neck could be caughtby the window and result in seriousinjury.

Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap

WARNINGWhen removing the fuel cap, loosen thecap slightly and wait for any hissing tostop. Then remove it:

Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel canburn skin and eyes and cause illnessif ingested. Fuel spray is releasedwhen there is pressure in the fueltank and the fuel cap is removed tooquickly.

Before refueling, stop the engine, andalways keep sparks and flames awayfrom the filler neck:

Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could beignited by sparks or flames causingserious burns and injuries.Additionally, use of the incorrect fuelfiller cap or not using a fuel filler capmay result in fuel leak, which couldresult in serious burns or death in anaccident.

CAUTIONAlways use only a genuine Mazdafuel cap or an approved equivalent,available at an Authorized MazdaDealer. The wrong cap can result in aserious malfunction of the fuel andemission control systems. It may alsocause the check engine light in theinstrument cluster to illuminate.

3-20

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (95,1)

qFuel-Filler Lid

To open, pull up the remote fuel-filler lidrelease.4 Door

Remote fuel-filler lid release

5 Door

Remote fuel-filler lid release

qFuel-Filler Cap

To remove the fuel-filler cap, turn itcounterclockwise.

To close the fuel-filler cap, turn itclockwise until two or more click soundsare heard.

Open

Close

CAUTIONMake sure the fuel-filler cap istightened securely. The check enginelight may illuminate when the cap isnot tightened securely. If the lightremains on (even after you havetightened the cap securely, driven,and restarted the engine severaltimes), it may indicate a differentproblem. Contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-21


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (96,1)

Hood

WARNINGAlways check that the hood is closedand securely locked:

A hood that is not closed andsecurely locked is dangerous as itcould fly open while the vehicle ismoving and block the driver's visionwhich could result in a seriousaccident.

qOpening the Hood

1. With the vehicle parked, pull therelease handle to unlock the hood.

2. (Type A)Insert your hand into the hood openingand slide the hood latch to the left andlift the hood.(Type B)Insert your hand into the hood openingand slide the hood latch to the right andlift the hood.

Type A

Type B

3-22

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (97,1)

3. Grasp the support rod in the paddedarea indicated by the arrow.

Clip

Support rod

Pad

4. Secure the support rod in the stay holeindicated by the arrow to hold the hoodopen.

Without turbocharger

With turbocharger

qClosing the Hood

WARNINGDo not leave items in the enginecompartment:

After you have finished checking ordoing servicing in the enginecompartment, do not forget andleave items such as tools or rags inthe engine compartment.Tools or other items left in the enginecompartment could cause enginedamage or a fire leading to anunexpected accident.

1. Check under the hood area to makecertain all filler caps are in place andall loose items (e.g. tools, oilcontainers, etc.) have been removed.

2. Insert the support rod in its clip whileholding up the hood. Verify that thesupport rod is secured in the clip beforeclosing the hood.

3. Close the hood so that it locks securely.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-23


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (98,1)

Moonroofí

The moonroof can be opened or closedelectrically only when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

Tilt switch

Slide switch

WARNINGDo not let passengers stand up orextend part of their body through theopen moonroof while the vehicle ismoving:

Extending the head, arms, or otherparts of the body through themoonroof is dangerous. The head orarms could hit something while thevehicle is moving. This could causeserious injury or death.

Make sure the opening is clear beforeclosing the moonroof:

A closing moonroof is dangerous. Thehands, head, or even neck of aperson―especially a child― couldbe caught in it as it closes, causingserious injury or even death.

NOTEBefore washing your Mazda, make sure themoonroof is completely closed so that waterdoes not get inside the cabin area. Afterwashing your Mazda or after it rains, wipe thewater off the moonroof before operating it toavoid water penetration which could causerust and water damage to your headliner.

qTilt Operation

The rear of the moonroof can be tiltedopen to provide more ventilation.

To fully tilt automatically, momentarilypress the rear of the tilt switch.To stop tilting partway, press any part ofthe tilt or slide switch.

To close to the desired position, press thefront of the tilt or slide switch.

Close

Tilt up

Close

qSlide Operation

To fully open automatically, momentarilypress the rear of the slide switch.To stop sliding partway, press any part ofthe tilt or slide switch.

3-24

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Doors and Locks


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (99,1)

To close to the desired position, press thefront of the tilt or slide switch.

CloseClose

Open

qPower Moonroof Re-set Procedure

If the battery is disconnected, themoonroof may not operate correctly. Themoonroof will not operate correctly untilit is re-set.Carry out the followingprocedure to re-set the moonroof andresume operation:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Press the rear of the tilt switch whilethe rear of the moonroof tilts open tothe fully open position. The moonroofthen closes a little.

NOTEIf the re-set procedure is performed while themoonroof is in the slide position (partiallyopen) it closes before the rear tilts opens.

qSunshade

The sunshade can be opened and closedby hand.

The sunshade opens automatically whenthe moonroof is opened, but must beclosed by hand.

Sunshade

CAUTIONØ The sunshade does not tilt. To

avoid damaging the sunshade, donot push up on it.

Ø Do not close the sunshade whilethe moonroof is opening. Trying toforce the sunshade closed coulddamage it.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-25


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (100,1)

Immobilizer SystemThe immobilizer system allows the engineto start only with a key the systemrecognizes.

If someone attempts to start the enginewith an unrecognized key, the engine willnot start, thereby helping to prevent thetheft of your vehicle.If you have a problem with theimmobilizer system or the key, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONØ Radio equipment like this is

governed by laws in the UnitedStates.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority tooperate the equipment.

Ø To avoid damage to the key, donot:Ø Drop the key.Ø Get the key wet.Ø Expose the key to any kind of

magnetic field.Ø Expose the key to high

temperatures on places such asthe dashboard or hood, underdirect sunlight.

CAUTIONWhen starting the engine do notallow the following, as the enginemay not start due to the electronicsignal from the ignition key not beingtransmitted correctly.Ø A key ring rests on the key grip.

Ø Metal parts of other keys or metalobjects touch the key grip.

Ø Spare keys or keys for othervehicles equipped with animmobilizer system touch or comenear the key grip.

Ø Devices for electronic purchases, orsecurity passage which touch orcome near the key.

3-26

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (101,1)

NOTEl (U.S.A.)

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

l (CANADA)This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry CANADA. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference,including interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

l The keys carry a unique electronic code.For this reason, and to assure your safety,obtaining a replacement key requires somewaiting time. They are only availablethrough an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l Always keep a spare key, in case one is lost.If a key is lost, contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

l If you lose a key, an Authorized MazdaDealer will reset the electronic codes ofyour remaining keys and immobilizersystem. Bring all the remaining keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to reset.Starting the vehicle with a key that has notbeen reset is not possible.

qOperation

Arming

The system is armed when the ignitionswitch is turned from the ON to the ACCor LOCK position.The security indicator light in theinstrument cluster flashes every twoseconds until the system is disarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position withthe correct ignition key.The security indicator light illuminates forabout three seconds and goes out.

If the engine does not start with thecorrect ignition key, and the securityindicator light keeps illuminating orflashing, the system may have amalfunction. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-27


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (102,1)

NOTEl If the security indicator light illuminates

and stays on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, the engine willnot start.

l Signals from a TVor radio station, or froma transceiver or a mobile telephone, couldinterfere with your immobilizer system. Ifyou are using the proper key and yourengine fails to start, check the securityindicator light. If it is flashing, remove theignition key and wait 2 seconds or more,then reinsert it and try starting the engineagain. If it does not start after 3 or moretries, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l If the security indicator light flashescontinuously while you are driving, do notshut off the engine. Go to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have it checked. If youshut off the engine while the light isflashing you will not be able to restart it.

l Since the electronic codes are reset whenrepairing the immobilizer system, the keysare needed. Bring all the existing keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qModification and Add-OnEquipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizersystem's operation if the system has beenmodified or if any add-on equipment hasbeen installed.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle, donot modify the system or install anyadd-on equipment to the immobilizersystem or the vehicle.

Theft-Deterrent Systemí

If the theft deterrent system detects aninappropriate entry into the vehicle, whichcould result in the vehicle or its contentsbeing stolen, the alarm alerts thesurrounding area of an abnormality bysounding the horn and flashing the hazardwarning lights.Refer to Operation on page 3-28.

NOTEl The theft-deterrent system operates with the

key or the keyless entry system transmitter.l The system will not function unless it is

properly armed. To properly secure thevehicle, always make sure all windows arecompletely closed and all doors and thetrunk lid/liftgate are locked before leavingthe vehicle. Remember to take your key andtransmitter.

qOperation

System triggering conditions

The horn sounds intermittently and thehazard warning lights flash for about 3minutes when the system is triggered byany one of the following:l Forcing open a door, the hood or thetrunk lid/liftgate.

l Unlocking a door with the door lockswitch.

l Opening a door by operating an insidedoor-lock knob.

l Opening the hood by operating thehood release handle.

l Opening the trunk lid by operating thetrunk lid release lever.

If the system is triggered again, the lightsand horn will activate until a door or thetrunk lid is unlocked with the key or withthe transmitter.

3-28

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Security System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (103,1)

NOTEIf the battery goes dead while the theft-deterrent system is armed, the horn willactivate and the hazard warning lights willflash when the battery is charged or replaced.

qHow to Arm the System

1. Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.

2. Make sure the hood is closed. Closeand lock all doors and the liftgate/trunklid from the outside using the key. Ifyou have the keyless entry system,press the lock button on the transmitter.

The following method will also arm thetheft-deterrent system:Close the hood and the liftgate/trunklid . Press the area on the door-lockswitch marked “LOCK” once. Close alldoors.The hazard warning lights will flashonce to indicate that the system isarmed.

NOTELocking the doors with the inside door-lockknob will not arm the system.

qTo Turn off an Armed System

An armed system can be turned off by anyone of the following methods:l Unlock a door or the trunk lid with thekey.

l Press the unlock button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

l Insert the key into the ignition switchand turn it to the ON position.

qTo Stop an Alarm

A triggered alarm can be turned off byany one of the following methods:l Unlock a door or the trunk lid with thekey.

l Press the unlock button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

NOTEIf you have any problem with the theft-deterrent system, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

qTheft-Deterrent Labels

A label indicating that your vehicle isequipped with a Theft-Deterrent System isin the glove compartment.

Mazda recommends that you affix it to thelower rear corner of a front door window.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-29


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (104,1)

Steering Wheel

WARNINGNever adjust the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is moving:

Adjusting the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is moving is dangerous.Moving it can very easily cause thedriver to abruptly turn to the left orright. This can lead to loss of controlor an accident.

qSteering Wheel Adjustment

To change the angle or length of thesteering wheel:

1. Stop the vehicle, pull down the lockrelease lever under the steeringcolumn.

Lock release lever

2. Tilt the steering wheel and/or adjust thesteering column length to the desiredpositions, push the lever up to lock thecolumn.

3. Push the wheel up and down to becertain it's locked before driving.

Mirrors

qOutside Mirrors

Check the mirror angles before driving.

Mirror type

Flat type (driver's side)Flat surface mirror.Convex type (front passenger side)The mirror has single curvature on itssurface.

WARNINGBe sure to look over your shoulderbefore changing lanes:

Changing lanes without taking intoaccount the actual distance of thevehicle in the convex mirror isdangerous. You could have a seriousaccident. What you see in the convexmirror is closer than it appears.

Power mirror

The ignition switch must be in the ACCor ON position.

To adjust:

1. Move the selector switch to the left orright to choose the left or right sidemirror.

3-30

Knowing Your Mazda

Steering Wheel and Mirrors


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (105,1)

2. Depress the mirror switch in theappropriate direction.

Mirror switch

Outside mirrorSelector switch

After adjusting the mirror, lock the controlby moving the selector switch to themiddle position.

Manual control mirror

To adjust, move the mirror's control lever,just inside the door.

Control lever

Folding the mirror

Fold the outside mirror rearward until it isflush with the vehicle.

WARNINGAlways return the outside mirrors tothe driving position before you startdriving:

Driving with the outside mirrorsfolded in is dangerous. Your rear viewwill be restricted, and you could havean accident.

qRearview Mirror

Rearview mirror adjustment

Before driving, adjust the rearview mirrorto center on the scene through the rearwindow.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-31


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (106,1)

Type A

Type B

Reducing glare from headlights

Adjust the mirror with the day/night leverin the day position.

Push the lever forward for day driving.Pull it back to reduce glare fromheadlights.

Night

Day

Day/Night lever

WARNINGDo not stack cargo or objects higherthan the seatbacks:

Cargo stacked higher than theseatbacks is dangerous. It can blockyour view in the rearview mirror,which might cause you to hit anothercar when changing lanes.

3-32

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (107,1)

4 Before Driving Your Mazda

Important information about driving your Mazda.

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................ 4-2Fuel Requirements .................................................................... 4-2Emission Control System .......................................................... 4-4Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) ......................................... 4-5

Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-6Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-6After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-6

Driving Tips ................................................................................... 4-7Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-7Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-7Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-8Floor Mat .................................................................................. 4-9Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-9Winter Driving ........................................................................ 4-10Driving In Flooded Area ......................................................... 4-11Overloading ............................................................................ 4-12Driving on Uneven Road ........................................................ 4-13Turbocharger Informationí .................................................... 4-14

Towing ......................................................................................... 4-15Trailer Towing ......................................................................... 4-15

4-1íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (108,1)

Fuel RequirementsVehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.

2.3-liter turbocharger engineYour Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.

Fuel Octane Rating* (Anti-knock index)

Premium unleaded fuel 91 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (96 RON or above)

* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.

This vehicle is designed for and requires use of premium unleaded fuel. If 91 octane fuel [(R+M)/2 method] (96RON) is not available, gasoline as low as 87 octane [ (R+M)/2method] (91RON) can be used temporarily for emergency purposes. Use of gasoline lowerthan 91 octane [ (R+M)/2 method] (96RON) can decrease performance during its use.Refueling the vehicle with the correct octane fuel a couple of times will restore vehicleperformance.

Except 2.3-liter turbocharger engineYour Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.

Fuel Octane Rating* (Anti-knock index)

Regular unleaded fuel 87 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (91 RON or above)

* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.

Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) could cause the emission control systemto lose effectiveness. It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.

CAUTIONØ USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.

Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will leadto deterioration of the emission control system and or failures.

Ø Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10% ethanolby volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds thisrecommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol ofany kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.

Ø Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than thosespecified by Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system.Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generallyreferred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with yourvehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such asethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.

4-2

Before Driving Your Mazda

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (109,1)

Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may notbe covered by the Mazda warranty.l Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.l Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.l Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.



4-3


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (110,1)

Emission Control SystemYour vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part ofthis system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissionsrequirements.

WARNINGNever park over or near anything flammable:

Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even withthe engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use andcould ignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.

CAUTIONIgnoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalystinside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition willdamage the converter and cause poor performance.Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.Ø Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.Ø Do not coast with the ignition switch turned off.Ø Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off.Ø Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 2 minutes.Ø Do not tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments

must be made by a qualified technician.Ø Do not push-start or pull-start your vehicle.

NOTEUnder U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control system beforethe first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some states, such modificationmade on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.

NOTEWhile the engine is off, the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard at the rear of the rightside of the vehicle, however this does not indicate an abnormality. Your vehicle has a self-checkingdevice and it operates while the engine is off.

4-4




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (111,1)

Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)

WARNINGDo not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:

Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which iscolorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousnessand death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully openand contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.

Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaustgas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Lossof consciousness or even death could occur.

Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air whenidling the engine:

Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closedand the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, whichcontains poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness oreven death could occur.

Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,before starting the engine:

Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. Theexhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin.Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss ofconsciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.



4-5


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (112,1)

Before Getting Inl Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,and outside lights are clean.

l Inspect inflation pressures andcondition of tires.

l Look under the vehicle for any sign offluid leaks.

l If you plan to back up, make surenothing is in your way.

NOTEEngine oil, engine coolant, brake/clutch fluid,washer fluid, and other fluid levels should beinspected. See Maintenance, Section 8.

After Getting Inl Are all doors closed and locked?l Is the seat adjusted properly?l Are the inside and outside mirrorsadjusted?

l Is everyone's seat belt fastened?l Check all gauges.l Check all warning lights when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

l Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes off.

Always be thoroughly familiar with yourMazda.

4-6


Before Starting the Engine


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (113,1)

Break-In PeriodNo special break-in is necessary, but a fewprecautions in the first 1,000 km (600miles) may add to the performance,economy, and life of your Mazda.l Do not race the engine.l Do not maintain one constant speed,either slow or fast, for a long period oftime.

l Do not drive constantly at full-throttleor high engine rpm for extendedperiods of time.

l Avoid unnecessary hard stops.l Avoid full-throttle starts.

Money-Saving SuggestionsHow you operate your Mazda determineshow far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Usethese suggestions to help save money onfuel and repairs.l Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engineruns smoothly, begin driving.

l Avoid fast starts.l Keep the engine tuned. Follow themaintenance schedule (page 8-3) andhave an Authorized Mazda Dealerperform inspections and servicing.

l Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

l Slow down on rough roads.l Keep the tires properly inflated.l Do not carry unnecessary weight.l Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving.

l Keep the wheels in correct alignment.l Keep windows closed at high speeds.l Slow down when driving in crosswindsand headwinds.

WARNINGNever stop the engine when goingdown a hill:

Stopping the engine when goingdown a hill is dangerous. This causesthe loss of power steering and powerbrake control, and may causedamage to the drivetrain. Any loss ofsteering or braking control couldcause an accident.


Driving Tips

4-7


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (114,1)

Hazardous Driving

WARNINGBe extremely careful if it is necessary todownshift on slippery surfaces:

Downshifting into lower gear whiledriving on slippery surfaces isdangerous. The sudden change in tirespeed could cause the tires to skid.This could lead to loss of vehiclecontrol and an accident.

Do not rely on ABS as a substitute forsafe driving:

The ABS cannot compensate forunsafe and reckless driving, excessivespeed, tailgating (following anothervehicle too closely), driving on ice andsnow, and hydroplaning (reduced tirefriction and road contact because ofwater on the road surface). You canstill have an accident.

When driving on ice or in water, snow,mud, sand, or similar hazards:l Be cautious and allow extra distancefor braking.

l Avoid sudden braking and suddenmaneuvering.

l If your vehicle is not equipped withABS, brake with the pedal by using alight up-down motion. Do not hold thepedal down constantly.If your vehicle is equipped with ABS,do not pump the brakes. Continue topress down on the brake pedal.Refer to Anti-Lock Brake System(ABS) on page 5-7.

l If you get stuck, select a lower gear andaccelerate slowly. Do not spin the frontwheels.

l For more traction in starting onslippery surfaces such as ice or packedsnow, use sand, rock salt, carpeting, orother nonslip material under the frontwheels.

NOTEUse snow chains only on the front wheels.

4-8


Driving Tips


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (115,1)

Floor Mat

WARNINGMake sure the floor mats are hookedon the retention pins to prevent themfrom bunching up under the footpedals:

Using a floor mat that is not securedis dangerous as it will interfere withthe accelerator and brake pedaloperation, which could result in anaccident.

Do not install two floor mats, one ontop of the other, on the driver's side:

Installing two floor mats, one on topof the other, on the driver's side isdangerous as the retention pins canonly keep one floor mat from slidingforward.In using a heavy duty floor mat forwinter use always remove theoriginal floor mat.Loose floor mat(s) will interfere withthe foot pedal and could result in anaccident.

When setting a floor mat, position thefloor mat so that its eyelets and insertedover the pointed end of the retentionposts.

Rocking the Vehicle

WARNINGDo not spin the wheels at more than 56km/h (35 mph), and do not allowanyone to stand behind a wheel whenpushing the vehicle:

When the vehicle is stuck, spinningthe wheels at high speed isdangerous. The spinning tire couldoverheat and explode. This couldcause serious injuries.

CAUTIONToo much rocking may cause engineoverheating, transaxle failure, andtire damage.

If you must rock the vehicle to free it fromsnow, sand or mud, depress theaccelerator slightly and slowly move theshift lever from 1 (D) to R.


Driving Tips

4-9


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (116,1)

Winter Drivingl Carry emergency gear, including tirechains, window scraper, flares, a smallshovel, jumper cables, and a small bagof sand or salt.

Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer toperform the following precautions:l Have the proper ratio of antifreeze inthe radiator.Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-21.

l Inspect the battery and its cables. Coldreduces battery capacity.

l Inspect the ignition system for damageand loose connections.

l Use washer fluid made withantifreeze―but do not use enginecoolant antifreeze for washer fluid(page 8-27).

l Do not use the parking brake infreezing weather as it may freeze.Instead, shift to P with an automatictransaxle and to 1 or R with a manualtransaxle. Block the rear wheels.

qSnow Tires

Use snow tires on all four wheels

Do not go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)while driving with snow tires. Inflatesnow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)more than recommended on the tirepressure label (driver's door frame), butnever more than the maximum cold-tirepressure shown on the tires.

Except 18-inch tires

Your vehicle is originally equipped withall season radials designed to be used allyear around. In some extreme climatesyou may find it necessary to replace themwith snow tires during the winter monthsto further improve traction on snow andice covered roads.

18-inch tires

Your vehicle is originally equipped withsummer tires designed for optimumtraction on wet and dry roads. If yourvehicle is to be used on snow and icecovered roads, Mazda recommends thatyou replace the tires originally equippedon your vehicle with snow tires during thewinter months.

WARNINGUse only the same size and type tires(snow, radial, or non-radial) on all fourwheels:

Using tires different in size or type isdangerous. Your vehicle's handlingcould be greatly affected and resultin an accident.

CAUTIONCheck local regulations before usingstudded tires.

NOTEIf your vehicle is equipped with the tirepressure monitoring system, the system maynot function correctly when using tires withsteel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls (page5-31).

4-10


Driving Tips


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (117,1)

qTire Chains

Check local regulations before using tirechains.

CAUTIONØ Chains may affect handling.Ø Do not go faster than 50 km/h (30

mph) or the chain manufacturer'srecommended limit, whichever islower.

Ø Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, and sharp turns.

Ø Avoid locked-wheel braking.Ø Do not use chains on a temporary

spare tire; it may result in damageto the vehicle and to the tire.

Ø Do not use chains on roads thatare free of snow or ice. The tiresand chains could be damaged.

Ø Chains may scratch or chipaluminum wheels.

NOTEIf your vehicle is equipped with the tirepressure monitoring system, the system maynot function correctly when using tire chains.

Install the chains on the front tires.Do not use chains on the rear tires.Use only genuine Mazda tire chains.Please consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Installing the chains

1. Secure the chains on the front tires astightly as possible. Always follow thechain manufacturer's instructions.

2. Retighten the chains after driving 1/2―1 km (1/4―1/2 mile).

Driving In Flooded Area

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance returns to normal:

Driving with wet brakes isdangerous. Increased stoppingdistance or the vehicle pulling to oneside when braking could result in aserious accident. Light braking willindicate whether the brakes havebeen affected.

CAUTIONDo not drive the vehicle on floodedroads as it could cause shortcircuiting of electrical/electronicparts, or engine damage or stallingfrom water absorption. If the vehiclehas been immersed in water, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.


Driving Tips

4-11


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (118,1)

Overloading

WARNINGBe careful not to overload your vehicle:

The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)and the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR) of your vehicle are on theMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Labelon the driver's door frame. Exceedingthese ratings can cause an accidentor vehicle damage. You can estimatethe weight of your load by weighingthe items (or people) before puttingthem in the vehicle.

4-12


Driving Tips


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (119,1)

Driving on Uneven RoadYour vehicle's suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough/uneven roadsor over speed bumps at excessive speeds. Use care and reduce speed when traveling onrough/uneven roads or over speed bumps.

Use care not to damage the vehicle's underbody, bumpers or muffler(s) when driving underthe following conditions:l Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition anglel Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle

Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class-leading performance andhandling. As a result, the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can bedamaged if driven through potholes or on rough/uneven roads at excessive speeds. Usecare and reduce speed when traveling on rough/uneven roads or through potholes.


Driving Tips

4-13


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (120,1)

Turbocharger Informationí

The turbocharger greatly enhances engine power. Its advanced design provides improvedoperation and requires minimum additional maintenance. To get maximum performancefrom your turbocharged engine, take note of the following tips:l The turbocharged engine is designed for optimal operation with premium unleadedgasoline (page 4-2). Do not use fuel with a lower octane rating. Extra fuel additives areNOT recommended.

l Change the engine oil and filter using the turbo engine interval outlined in themaintenance schedule (for your driving condition).

l Use only the recommended engine oil (page 8-18). Extra oil additives are NOTrecommended.

l After driving at freeway speeds or up a long hill, idle the engine at least 30 seconds tocool the turbo before turning off the engine. Avoid simply shutting the engine offabruptly after a hard or long drive. Damage to the turbocharger may result.

l Do not race or over-rev the engine when starting. This should not be done with ANYengine, especially not with one that's turbocharged.

l Do not add any aftermarket devices to alter the engine's ignition timing, fuel delivery, orturbo boost pressure. This may lead to serious engine damage and may void yourwarranty.

4-14


íSome models.

Driving Tips


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (121,1)

Trailer TowingThe Mazda3 is not designed for towing.Never tow a trailer with your Mazda3.


Towing

4-15


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (122,1)

4-16


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (123,1)

5 Driving Your Mazda

Explanation of instruments and controls.

Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-4Brake System ............................................................................ 5-5Manual Transaxle Operation ..................................................... 5-9Automatic Transaxle Controls ................................................ 5-12Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-19Cruise Controlí ...................................................................... 5-20Traction Control System (TCS)í ........................................... 5-23Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)í ........................................ 5-24Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí ......................................... 5-27

Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-33Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-33

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-38Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-38Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-50

Switches and Controls ................................................................ 5-51Lighting Control ..................................................................... 5-51Turn and Lane-Change Signals ............................................... 5-54Fog Lightsí ............................................................................ 5-55Windshield Wipers and Washer .............................................. 5-55Rear Window Wiper and Washer (5 Door) ............................. 5-59Rear Window Defroster ........................................................... 5-60Horn ........................................................................................ 5-61Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................................... 5-61

5-1íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (124,1)

Ignition Switch

qIgnition Switch Positions

LOCK

The steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. Only in this position can thekey be removed.

Manual transaxle

To turn the key from the ACC to theLOCK position, push the button when thekey is at the ACC position, then turn thekey to the LOCK position.

ButtonPush the button

Automatic transaxle

To turn the key from the ACC to theLOCK position, the shift lever must be inthe P position.

Shift lever engaged in P (park)

5-2

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (125,1)

WARNINGRemove the key only when the vehicleis parked:

Removing the key from the ignitionswitch while the vehicle is moving isdangerous. Removing the key allowsthe steering wheel to lock. You willlose steering control and a seriousaccident could occur.

Before leaving the driver's seat, alwaysput the key to LOCK position, set theparking brake and make sure the shiftlever is in P with an automatictransaxle or in 1 or R with a manualtransaxle:

It is important to place the key in theLOCK position even if you are notremoving the key from the ignition orleaving the vehicle. Leaving the keyin other positions will disable some ofthe vehicle security systems and runthe battery down.Leaving the driver's seat withoutputting the ignition switch in LOCKposition, setting the parking brakeand shifting the shift lever to P withan automatic transaxle, or to 1 or Rwith a manual transaxle isdangerous. Unexpected vehiclemovement could occur. This couldcause an accident.

NOTEIf turning the key is difficult, jiggle the steeringwheel from side to side.Leaving the key in any position but LOCKposition also disables some of the securityfeatures and may run the battery down.

ACC (Accessory)

The steering wheel unlocks and someelectrical accessories will operate.

ON

This is the normal running position afterthe engine is started. The warning lights(except brakes) should be inspectedbefore the engine is started (page 5-38).

NOTEWhen the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, the sound of the fuel pump motoroperating near the fuel tank can be heard. Thisdoes not indicate an abnormality.

START

The engine is started in this position. Itwill crank until you release the key; thenit returns to the ON position. The brakewarning light can be checked after theengine is started (page 5-38).

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition switch is in the LOCK orACC position with the key inserted, acontinuous beep sound will be heardwhen the driver's door is opened.

Driving Your Mazda


5-3


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (126,1)

Starting the EngineNOTEEngine-starting is controlled by the sparkignition system.This system meets all Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Standard requirementsregulating the impulse electrical field strengthof radio noise.

1. Occupants should fasten their seatbelts.

2. Make sure the parking brake is on.

3. Depress the brake pedal.

4. (Manual transaxle)Depress the clutch pedal all the wayand shift into neutral.Keep the clutch pedal depressed whilecranking the engine.

(Automatic transaxle)Put the vehicle in park (P). If you mustrestart the engine while the vehicle ismoving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTE(Manual transaxle)The starter will not operate unless the clutch isdepressed sufficiently.

(Automatic transaxle)The starter will not operate if the shift lever isnot in P or N.

5. Turn the ignition switch to the STARTposition and hold (up to 10 seconds ata time) until the engine starts.

CAUTIONDo not try the starter for more than10 seconds at a time. If the enginestalls or fails to start, wait 10 secondsbefore trying again. Otherwise, youmay damage the starter and drainthe battery.

6. After starting the engine, let it idle forabout 10 seconds.

NOTEl In extremely cold weather or after the

vehicle has not been driven in several days,let the engine warm up without operatingthe accelerator.

l Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without use of theaccelerator.

l If the engine does not start the first time,refer to Starting a Flooded Engine underEmergency Starting. If the engine still doesnot start, have your vehicle inspected by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer (page 7-16).

5-4

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (127,1)

Brake System

qFoot Brake

Your Mazda has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normaluse.

Should power-assist fail, you can stop byapplying greater force than normal to thebrake pedal. But the distance required tostop will be greater than usual.

WARNINGDo not coast with the engine stalled orturned off, find a safe place to stop:

Coasting with the engine stalled orturned off is dangerous. Braking willrequire more effort, and the brake'spower-assist could be depleted if youpump the brake. This will causelonger stopping distances or even anaccident.

Shift to a lower gear when going downsteep hills:

Driving with your foot continuouslyon the brake pedal or steadilyapplying the brakes for longdistances is dangerous. This causesoverheated brakes, resulting inlonger stopping distances or eventotal brake failure. This could causeloss of vehicle control and a seriousaccident. Avoid continuousapplication of the brakes.

Dry brakes that have become wet bydriving very slowly and applying thebrakes lightly until brake performanceis normal:


Driving Your Mazda


5-5


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (128,1)

qParking Brake

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver's seat, alwaysput the key to LOCK position, set theparking brake and make sure the shiftlever is in P with an automatictransaxle or in 1 or R with a manualtransaxle:

It is important to place the key in theLOCK position even if you are notremoving the key from the ignition orleaving the vehicle. Leaving the keyin other positions will disable some ofthe vehicle security systems and runthe battery down.Leaving the driver's seat withoutputting the ignition switch in LOCKposition, setting the parking brakeand shifting the shift lever to P withan automatic transaxle, or to 1 or Rwith a manual transaxle isdangerous. Unexpected vehiclemovement could occur. This couldcause an accident.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brake onwill cause excessive wear of the brakelinings or pads.

NOTEFor parking in snow, refer to Winter Driving(page 4-10) regarding parking brake use.

Setting the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and then firmlypull the parking brake lever fully upwardswith sufficient force to hold the vehicle ina stationary position.

Releasing the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and pull theparking brake lever upwards, then pressthe release button. While holding thebutton, lower the parking brake lever allthe way down to the released position.

5-6

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (129,1)

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light illuminates when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchin the START or ON position. It turns offwhen the parking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brakeis fully released, you may have a brakeproblem.

Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder todepress or that it may go closer to thefloor. In either case, it will take longer tostop the vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, open thehood and check the brake fluid levelimmediately, and then add fluid ifrequired (page 8-23).

2. After adding fluid, check the lightagain.

If the warning light remains on, or if thebrakes do not operate properly, do notdrive the vehicle. Have it towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Even if the light turns off have your brakesystem inspected as soon as possible byan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEHaving to add brake fluid is sometimes anindicator of leakage. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible even if thebrake light is no longer illuminated.

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thebrakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving with the brake systemwarning light illuminated isdangerous. It indicates that yourbrakes may not work at all or thatthey could completely fail at anytime. If this light remainsilluminated, after checking that theparking brake is fully released, havethe brakes inspected immediately.

qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)í

The ABS control unit continuouslymonitors the speed of each wheel. If oneis about to lock up, the ABS responds byautomatically releasing and reapplyingthat wheel's brake.

The driver will feel a slight vibration inthe brake pedal and may hear a chatteringnoise from the brake system. This isnormal when the ABS operates. Continueto depress the brake pedal withoutpumping the brakes.

Driving Your Mazda


5-7íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (130,1)

WARNINGDo not rely on ABS as a substitute forsafe driving:

The ABS cannot compensate forunsafe and reckless driving, excessivespeed, tailgating (following anothervehicle too closely), driving on ice andsnow, and hydroplaning (reduced tirefriction and road contact because ofwater on the road surface). You canstill have an accident.

NOTEl Braking distances may be longer on loose

surfaces (snow or gravel, for example)which usually have a hard foundation. Avehicle with a normal braking system mayrequire less distance to stop under theseconditions because the tires will build up awedge of surface layer when the wheelsskid.

l The sound of the ABS operating may beheard when starting the engine orimmediately after starting the vehicle.However, it does not indicate a malfunction.

qABS Warning Lightí

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTEWhen the engine is jump-started to charge thebattery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABSwarning light may illuminate. If this occurs, itis the result of the weak battery and does notindicate an ABS malfunction.Recharge the battery.

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warningí

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may illuminate the brakesystem warning light and the ABSwarning light on simultaneously. Theproblem is likely to be the electronicbrake force distribution system.

5-8

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (131,1)

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABS warninglight and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan Authorized Mazda Dealer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:

Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated simultaneously isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quicklyin an emergency stop than undernormal circumstances.

qBrake Assistí

During emergency braking situationswhen it is necessary to depress the brakepedal with greater force, the brake assistsystem provides braking assistance, thusenhancing braking performance.

When the brake pedal is depressed hard ordepressed more quickly, the brakes applymore firmly.

NOTEl When the brake pedal is depressed hard or

depressed more quickly, the pedal will feelsofter but the brakes will apply more firmly.This is a normal effect of the brake assistoperation and does not indicate anabnormality.

l When the brake pedal is depressed hard ordepressed more quickly, a clicking noisefrom the brake booster may be heard. Thisis a normal effect of the brake assist anddoes not indicate an abnormality.

l The brake assist equipment does notsupersede the functionality of the vehicle'smain braking system.

Manual Transaxle Operation

qManual Transaxle Shift Pattern

5-speed transaxle

6-speed transaxleNeutral position

Neutral position

The vehicle is equipped with either a 5-speed or 6-speed manual transaxle. Theshift pattern for each is shown above.

Depress the clutch pedal all the way downwhile shifting; then release it slowly.

(5-speed transaxle)A safety feature prevents accidentalshifting from 5 to R (reverse). The shiftlever must be put in neutral before beingshifted to R.

Driving Your Mazda


5-9íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (132,1)

(6-speed transaxle)Vehicles with 6-speed transaxle areequipped with a device to prevent shiftingto R (reverse) by mistake. Push the shiftlever downward and shift to R.

WARNINGDo not use sudden engine braking onslippery road surfaces or at highspeeds:

Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Thiscould lead to loss of vehicle controland an accident.

Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 or Rposition and set the parking brakewhen leaving the vehicle unattended:

Otherwise the vehicle could moveand cause an accident.

CAUTIONØ Keep your foot off the clutch pedal

except when shifting gears. Also,do not use the clutch to hold thevehicle on an upgrade. Riding theclutch will cause needless clutchwear and damage.

Ø Make sure the vehicle comes to acomplete stop before shifting to R.Shifting to R while the vehicle isstill moving may damage thetransaxle.

NOTEIf shifting to R is difficult, shift back intoneutral, release the clutch pedal, and tryagain.

qRecommendations for Shifting

UpshiftingFor normal acceleration, we recommend these shiftpoints.

Gear 5-speed transaxle 6-speed transaxle

1 to 2 21 km/h (13 mph) 24 km/h (15 mph)

2 to 3 39 km/h (24 mph) 40 km/h (25 mph)

3 to 4 55 km/h (34 mph) 65 km/h (40 mph)

4 to 5 79 km/h (49 mph) 73 km/h (45 mph)

5 to 6 ― 81 km/h (50 mph)

For cruising

Gear 5-speed transaxle 6-speed transaxle

1 to 2 18 km/h (11 mph) 24 km/h (15 mph)

2 to 3 29 km/h (18 mph) 40 km/h (25 mph)

3 to 4 47 km/h (29 mph) 65 km/h (40 mph)

4 to 5 68 km/h (42 mph) 73 km/h (45 mph)

5 to 6 ― 81 km/h (50 mph)

5-10

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (133,1)

Downshifting

When you must slow down in heavytraffic or on a steep upgrade, downshiftbefore the engine starts to overwork. Thisreduces the chance of stalling and givesbetter acceleration when you need morespeed.On a steep downgrade, downshiftinghelps maintain safe speed and prolongsbrake life.

Driving Your Mazda


5-11


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (134,1)

Automatic Transaxle Controls

Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition switch must be in the ON position).

Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.

Various Lockouts:

NOTEThe Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transaxle - giving thedriver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to shift gears. Even ifyou intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional automatic, you should also beaware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may beretained as the vehicle speed increases. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear theengine racing, confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode (page 5-14).

5-12

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (135,1)

qTransaxle Ranges

The shift lever must be in P or N tooperate the starter.

P (Park)

P locks the transaxle and prevents thefront wheels from rotating.

WARNINGAlways set the shift lever to P and setthe parking brake:

Only setting the shift lever to the Pposition without using the parkingbrake to hold the vehicle isdangerous. If P fails to hold, thevehicle could move and cause anaccident.

CAUTIONØ Shifting into P, N or R while the

vehicle is moving can damageyour transaxle.

Ø Shifting into a driving gear orreverse when the engine is runningfaster than idle can damage thetransaxle.

R (Reverse)

In position R, the vehicle moves onlybackward. You must be at a complete stopbefore shifting to or from R, except underrare circumstances as explained inRocking the Vehicle (page 4-9).

N (Neutral)

In N, the wheels and transaxle are notlocked. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or brakes are on.

WARNINGIf the engine is running faster than idle,do not shift from N or P into a drivinggear:

It's dangerous to shift from N or Pinto a driving gear when the engineis running faster than idle. If this isdone, the vehicle could movesuddenly, causing an accident orserious injury.

Do not shift into N when driving thevehicle:

Shifting into N while driving isdangerous. Engine braking cannot beapplied when decelerating whichcould lead to an accident or seriousinjury.

CAUTIONDo not shift into N when driving thevehicle. Doing so can cause transaxledamage.

NOTEApply the parking brake or depress the brakepedal before moving the shift lever from N toprevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.

D (Drive)

D is the normal driving position. From astop, the transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 4-gear/5-gear* sequence.* 2.3-liter engine model

M (Manual)

M is the manual shift mode position.Gears can be shifted up or down byoperating the shift lever.Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-14).

Driving Your Mazda


5-13


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (136,1)

qShift-Lock System

The shift-lock system prevents shiftingout of P unless the brake pedal isdepressed.

To shift from P:

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine.

3. Move the shift lever.

NOTEl When the ignition switch is in the ACC or

LOCK position, the shift lever cannot beshifted from P.

l To be sure the vehicle is in park, theignition key cannot be removed unless theshift lever is in P.

qShift-Lock Override

If the shift lever will not move from Pusing the proper shift procedure, continueto hold down the pedal.

1. Remove the shift-lock override coverusing a cloth-wrapped flat headscrewdriver.

2. Insert a screwdriver and push it down.

3. Move the shift lever.

4. Take the vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer to have the systemchecked.

qManual Shift Mode

This mode gives you the feel of driving amanual transaxle vehicle by operating theshift lever and allows you to controlengine rpm and torque to the front wheelsmuch like a manual transaxle when morecontrol is desired.

To change to manual shift mode, shift thelever from D to M.

NOTEChanging to manual mode can be done whiledriving the vehicle with no damage occurringto the transaxle.

To return to automatic shift mode, shiftthe lever from M to D.

5-14

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (137,1)

NOTEl If you change to manual shift mode when

the vehicle is stopped, the gear will shift toM1.

l If you shift up once when the vehicle isstopped and the gear is at M1, the gear willshift to M2. M2 is helpful for starting onslippery surfaces.

l (2.3-liter engine model)If you change to manual shift mode withoutdepressing the accelerator pedal whendriving in D range, 5th gear, the gear willshift to M4.

Indicators

Shift position indicator

In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shiftposition indicator in the instrument panelilluminates.

Gear position indicator

The numeral for the selected gearilluminates.

Shift position indicator


NOTEl If the gears cannot be shifted down when

driving at higher speeds, the gear positionindicator will flash twice to signal that thegears cannot be shifted down.

l If the automatic transaxle fluid (ATF)temperature becomes too high, there is thepossibility that the transaxle will switch toautomatic shift mode, canceling manualshift mode and turning off the gear positionindicator illumination. This is a normalfunction to protect the AT. After the ATFtemperature has decreased, the gearposition indicator illumination turns backon and driving in manual shift mode isrestored.

Shifting

Manually Shifting up

(M1→M2→M3→M4→M5*)To shift up to a higher gear, tap the shiftlever back ( ) once.* 2.3-liter engine model

Driving Your Mazda


5-15


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (138,1)

NOTEl When driving slowly, the gears may not

shift up depending on vehicle speed.l In manual shift mode, gears do not shift up

automatically. Don't run the engine with thetachometer needle in the RED ZONE. If thetachometer needle enters the RED ZONE,you may feel engine-braking because thefuel delivery will be stopped to protect theengine. However, this does not indicate anabnormality.

l When depressing the accelerator fully, thetransaxle will shift to a lower gear,depending on vehicle speed.

Manually Shifting down

(M5*→M4→M3→M2→M1)To shift down to a lower gear, tap the shiftlever forward ( ) once.* 2.3-liter engine model

WARNINGDo not use sudden engine braking onslippery road surfaces or at highspeeds:

Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Thiscould lead to loss of vehicle controland an accident.

Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 or Rposition and set the parking brakewhen leaving the vehicle unattended:

Otherwise the vehicle could moveand cause an accident.

NOTEl When driving at high speeds, the gear may

not shift down depending on vehicle speed.l During deceleration, the gear may

automatically shift down depending onvehicle speed.

l When depressing the accelerator fully, thetransaxle will shift to a lower gear,depending on vehicle speed.

Second gear fixed mode

When the shift lever is tapped back ( )while the vehicle is stopped or driven atthe following speeds, the transaxle is setin the second gear fixed mode.2.0-liter engine model:14 km/h (8 mph) or less2.3-liter engine model:20 km/h (12 mph) or less

5-16

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (139,1)

The gear is fixed in second while in thismode for easier starting and driving onslippery roads. If the shift lever is tappedback ( ) or forward ( ) while in thesecond gear fixed mode, the mode will becanceled.

Shifting specification (2.0-liter enginemodel)

Shifting up

If the vehicle speed is lower than thespeed specified for each gear, the gearcannot be shifted up to a higher gear.

Gear Vehicle speed

M1→M2You can shift up to M2 whetherthe vehicle is stopped or moving.

M2→M3 20 km/h (12 mph)

M3→M4 40 km/h (24 mph)

Shifting down

If the vehicle speed is higher than thespeed specified for each gear, the gearcannot be shifted to a lower gear so as toprotect the transaxle.

Gear Vehicle speed

M4→M3 180 km/h (112 mph)

M3→M2 119 km/h (74 mph)

M2→M1 47 km/h (30 mph)

During deceleration, the gears shift downautomatically when speed is reduced tothe following:

Gear Vehicle speed

M4→M3 36 km/h (22 mph)

M3 or M2→M1 12 km/h (7 mph)

NOTEThe gear does not shift down to M1automatically while in the second gear fixedmode.

If the vehicle is kicked down at thefollowing speeds or lower, the gears shiftdown automatically:

Gear Vehicle speed

M4→M3 170 km/h (105 mph)

M3→M2 72 km/h (44 mph)

Shifting specification (2.3-liter enginemodel)

Shifting up

If the vehicle speed is lower than thespeed specified for each gear, the gearcannot be shifted up to a higher gear.

Gear Vehicle speed

M1→M2You can shift up to M2 whetherthe vehicle is stopped ormoving.

M2→M3 20 km/h (12 mph)

M3→M433 km/h (21 mph)

M4→M5

Shifting down

If the vehicle speed is higher than thespeed specified for each gear, the gearcannot be shifted to a lower gear so as toprotect the transaxle.

Gear Vehicle speed

M5→M4 191 km/h (118 mph)

M4→M3 137 km/h (85 mph)

M3→M2 89 km/h (55 mph)

M2→M1 44 km/h (27 mph)

During deceleration, the gears shift downautomatically when speed is reduced tothe following:

Gear Vehicle speed

M5 or M4→M3 30 km/h (18 mph)

M3 or M2→M1 10 km/h (6 mph)

NOTEThe gear does not shift down to M1automatically while in the second gear fixedmode.

Driving Your Mazda


5-17


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (140,1)

If the vehicle is kicked down at thefollowing speeds or lower, the gears shiftdown automatically:

Gear Vehicle speed

M5→M4 182 km/h (113 mph)

M4→M3 133 km/h (82 mph)

M3→M2 48 km/h (30 mph)

Recommendations for shifting

Upshifting

For normal acceleration and cruising, werecommend these shift points.(2.0-liter engine model)

Gear Vehicle speed

M1 to M2 24 km/h (15 mph)



(2.3-liter engine model)

Gear Vehicle speed





Downshifting

When you must slow down in heavytraffic or on a steep upgrade, downshiftbefore the engine starts to overwork. Thisgives better acceleration when you needmore speed.

On a steep downgrade, downshiftinghelps maintain safe speed and prolongsbrake life.

qDriving Tips

Passing

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing steep grades, depressthe accelerator fully. The transaxle willshift to a lower gear, depending on vehiclespeed.

Climbing steep grades from a stop

To climb a steep grade from a stoppedposition:

1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Shift to D or M1, depending on theload weight and grade steepness.

3. Release the brake pedal whilegradually accelerating.

Descending steep grades

When descending a steep grade, shift tolower gears, depending on load weightand grade steepness. Descend slowly,using the brakes only occasionally toprevent them from overheating.

5-18

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (141,1)

Power SteeringPower steering is only operable when theengine is running. If the engine is off or ifthe power steering system is inoperable,you can still steer, but it requires morephysical effort.

If the steering feels stiffer than usualduring normal driving, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONNever hold the steering wheel to theextreme left or right for more than 5seconds with the engine running.This could damage the powersteering system.

qPower Steering MalfunctionIndicator Lightí

This indicator light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition and goes off when the engine isstarted.

If the light stays illuminated after theengine is started or illuminates whiledriving, turn off the engine after parkingin a safe place, and then start the engineagain.If the light does not illuminate afterrestarting the engine, this indicates thatthe power steering is restored and normalsteering is possible.If the light remains illuminated, the powersteering is still inoperable. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEThe power steering system is inoperable whenthe power steering malfunction indicator lightilluminates. Steering is possible, but requiresmore physical effort.

Driving Your Mazda


5-19íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (142,1)

Cruise Controlí

With cruise control, you can set andautomatically maintain any speed of morethan about 30 km/h (19 mph).

WARNINGDo not use the cruise control under thefollowing conditions:

Using the cruise control under thefollowing conditions is dangerousand could result in loss of vehiclecontrol.Ø Hilly terrainØ Steep inclinesØ Heavy or unsteady trafficØ Slippery or winding roadsØ Similar restrictions that require

inconsistent speed

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)

The indicator light has two colors.

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON/OFF switch is pressed andthe cruise control system is activated.

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

qActivation/Deactivation

To activate the system, press the ON/OFFswitch.The cruise main indicator lightilluminates.

To deactivate the system, press the switchagain.The cruise main indicator light turns off.

WARNINGKeep the ON/OFF switch off whencruise control is not in use:

Leaving the ON/OFF switch on whennot using the cruise control isdangerous as you may hit one of theother buttons and put the vehicle incruise control unexpectedly. Thiscould result in loss of vehicle control.

qTo Set Speed

1. Activate the cruise control system bypressing the ON/OFF switch.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).

5-20

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (143,1)

3. Press the SET/COAST switch andrelease it at the speed you want.Release the accelerator simultaneously.

Do not continue to hold in the switch.Until you release it, speed will continue todrop (unless you continue to accelerate)and you'll miss the desired speed.

NOTEl The SET function cannot be activated until

about 2 seconds after the ON/OFF switchhas been engaged.

l On a steep grade, the vehicle maymomentarily slow down while ascending,or speed up while descending.

l Cruise control will turn off if vehicle speeddrops below 25 km/h (16 mph) when cruiseis activated, such as when climbing a steepgrade.

qTo Increase Cruising Speed

Follow either of these procedures.

To increase speed using cruise controlswitch

Press the RES/ACCEL switch and hold it.Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the switch at the speed you want.

Your vehicle has a tap-up feature thatallows you to increase your current speedin increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the RES/ACCELswitch. Multiple taps will increase yourvehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for eachtap.

Driving Your Mazda


5-21


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (144,1)

To increase speed using acceleratorpedal

Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerateto the desired speed.Press the SET/COAST switch and releaseit immediately.

NOTEAccelerate if you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on. Greater speedwill not interfere with or change the set speed.Take your foot off the accelerator to return tothe set speed.

qTo Decrease Cruising Speed

Press the SET/COAST switch and hold it.The vehicle will gradually slow.Release the switch at the speed you want.

Your vehicle has a tap-down feature thatallows you to decrease your current speedin decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the SET/COASTswitch. Multiple taps will decrease yourvehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for eachtap.

qTo Resume Cruising Speed atMore Than 30 km/h (19 mph)

If some other method besides the ON/OFF switch was used to cancel cruisingspeed (such as applying the brake pedal)and the system is still activated, the mostrecent set speed will automatically resumewhen the RES/ACCEL switch is pressed.If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30km/h (19 mph) or more and press theRES/ACCEL switch.

qTo Cancel

To cancel the system, use one of thesemethods:l Press the ON/OFF switch.l Slightly depress the brake pedal.l Depress the clutch pedal (Manualtransaxle only).

5-22

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (145,1)

l Press the CANCEL switch.

The system turns off when the ignition isoff.

NOTECruise control will cancel at about 15 km/h (9mph) below the preset speed (such as mayhappen when climbing a long, steep grade) orbelow 25 km/h (16 mph).

Traction Control System(TCS)í

The Traction Control System (TCS)enhances traction and safety bycontrolling engine torque and braking*.When the TCS detects driving wheelslippage, it lowers engine torque andoperates the brakes* to prevent loss oftraction.

This means that on a slick surface, theengine adjusts automatically to provideoptimum power to the drive wheelswithout causing them to spin and losetraction.

* DSC-equipped vehicles only

WARNINGDo not rely on the traction controlsystem as a substitute for safe driving:

The traction control system (TCS)cannot compensate for unsafe andreckless driving, excessive speed,tailgating (following another vehicletoo closely), and hydroplaning(reduced tire friction and roadcontact because of water on the roadsurface). You can still have anaccident.

Use snow tires or tire chains and driveat reduced speeds when roads arecovered with ice and/or snow:

Driving without proper tractiondevices on snow and/or ice-coveredroads is dangerous. The tractioncontrol system (TCS) alone cannotprovide adequate traction and youcould still have an accident.

Driving Your Mazda


5-23íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (146,1)

NOTETo turn off the TCS, press the DSC OFF switch(page 5-25).

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position. If the TCS or DSC isoperating, the indicator light flashes.

If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC mayhave a malfunction and they may notoperate correctly. Take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEl In addition to the indicator light flashing, a

slight lugging sound will come from theengine. This indicates that the TCS isoperating properly.

l On slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, itwill be impossible to achieve high rpmwhen the TCS is on.

Dynamic Stability Control(DSC)í

The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)automatically controls braking and enginetorque in conjunction with systems suchas ABS and TCS to help control side slipwhen driving on slippery surfaces, orduring sudden or evasive maneuvering,enhancing vehicle safety.

Refer to ABS (page 5-7) and TCS (page5-23).

DSC operation is possible at speedsgreater than20 km/h (12 mph).

WARNINGDo not rely on the dynamic stabilitycontrol as a substitute for safe driving:

The dynamic stability control (DSC)cannot compensate for unsafe andreckless driving, excessive speed,tailgating (following another vehicletoo closely), and hydroplaning(reduced tire friction and roadcontact because of water on the roadsurface). You can still have anaccident.

5-24

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (147,1)

CAUTIONØ The DSC may not operate correctly

unless the following are observed:Ø Use tires of the correct size

specified for your Mazda on allfour wheels.

Ø Use tires of the samemanufacturer, brand and treadpattern on all four wheels.

Ø Do not mix worn tires.Ø The DSC may not operate correctly

when tire chains are used or atemporary spare tire is installedbecause the tire diameter changes.

NOTEAfter turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, a clicking sound may be heard behindthe dashboard. This sound is the result of theDSC system self-check operation and does notindicate an abnormality.

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light



qDSC OFF Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.It also illuminates when the DSC OFFswitch is pressed and TCS/DSC isswitched off (page 5-25).

If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC isnot switched off, take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamicstability control may have a malfunction.

qDSC OFF Switch

To turn off the TCS/DSC, press and holdthe DSC OFF switch until the DSC OFFindicator light illuminates.

Press the switch again to turn the TCS/DSC back on. The DSC OFF indicatorlight will go out.

Driving Your Mazda


5-25


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (148,1)

NOTEl When DSC is on and you attempt to free the

vehicle when it is stuck, or drive it out offreshly fallen snow, the TCS (part of theDSC system) will activate. Depressing theaccelerator will not increase engine powerand freeing the vehicle may be difficult.When this happens, turn off the TCS/DSC.

l If the TCS/DSC is off when the engine isturned off, it automatically activates whenthe ignition switch is turned on.

l Leaving the TCS/DSC on will provide thebest stability.

5-26

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (149,1)

Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí

The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) monitors the pressure for each tire.If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires, the system will inform the driver via thewarning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound.

The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal tothe receiver unit in the vehicle.

Tire pressure sensors

NOTEWhen the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes, tire temperatures are also lower.When the tire temperature decreases, the air pressure decreases as well. The TPMS warning lightmay illuminate more frequently. Visually inspect the tires daily before driving, and check tirepressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge. When checking tire pressures, use of a digital tirepressure gauge is recommended.

TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tiresregularly.

Driving Your Mazda


5-27íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (150,1)

CAUTIONØ Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold

and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufactureron the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of adifferent size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for thosetires.)As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressuremonitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when oneor more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle'shandling and stopping ability.Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and itis the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Ø Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximatelyone minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence willcontinue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able todetect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for avariety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allowthe TPMS to continue to function properly.

Ø To avoid false readings, the system samples for a little while before indicating aproblem. As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation orblow out.

NOTEThis device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

5-28

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (151,1)

qTire Pressure Monitoring SystemWarning Light

This warning light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

Thereafter, the warning light illuminatesand a beep is heard when tire pressure istoo low in one or more tires, and flasheswhen there is a system malfunction.

WARNINGIf the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes, orthe tire pressure warning beep sound isheard, decrease vehicle speedimmediately and avoid suddenmaneuvering and braking:

If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, it is dangerous todrive the vehicle at high speeds, orperform sudden maneuvering orbraking. Vehicle drivability couldworsen and result in an accident.To determine if you have a slow leakor a flat, pull over to a safe positionwhere you can check the visualcondition of the tire and determine ifyou have enough air to proceed to aplace where air may be added andthe system monitored again, anAuthorized Mazda Dealer or a tirerepair station.

Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:Ignoring the TPMS warning light isdangerous, even if you know why it isilluminated. Have the problem takencare of as soon as possible before itdevelops into a more serioussituation that could lead to tirefailure and a dangerous accident.

Warning light illuminates/Warningbeep sounds

When the warning light illuminates, andthe warning beep sound is heard (about 3seconds), tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires.

Driving Your Mazda


5-29


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (152,1)

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tirepressure. Refer to the specification charts(page 10-8).

CAUTIONWhen replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

NOTEl Perform tire pressure adjustment when the

tires are cold. Tire pressure will varyaccording to the tire temperature, thereforelet the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only driveit 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjustingthe tire pressures. When pressure isadjusted on hot tires to the cold inflationpressure, the TPMS warning light/beep mayturn on after the tires cool and pressuredrops below specification.Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,resulting from the tire air pressure droppingdue to cold ambient temperature, may turnoff if the ambient temperature rises. In thiscase, it will also be necessary to adjust thetire air pressures. If the TPMS warninglight illuminates due to a drop in tire airpressure, make sure to check and adjust thetire air pressures.

l After adjusting the tire air pressures, it mayrequire some time for the TPMS warninglight to turn off. If the TPMS warning lightremains illuminated, drive the vehicle at aspeed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10minutes, and then verify that it turns off.

l Tires loose air naturally over time and theTPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting toosoft over time or you have a flat. However,when you find one low tire in a set of four-that is an indication of trouble; you shouldhave someone drive the vehicle slowlyforward so you can inspect any low tire forcuts and any metal objects sticking throughtread or sidewall. Put a few drops of waterin the valve stem to see if it bubblesindicating a bad valve. Leaks need to beaddressed by more than simply refilling thetrouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take itto an Authorized Mazda Dealer which hasall the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systemsand order the best replacement tire for yourvehicle.

5-30

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (153,1)

If the warning light illuminates again evenafter the tire pressures are adjusted, theremay be a tire puncture. Replace thepunctured tire with the temporary sparetire (page 7-8).

NOTEA tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used.

Warning light flashes

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qSystem Error Activation

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.A system error activation may occur inthe following cases:l When there is equipment or a devicenear the vehicle using the same radiofrequency as that of the tire pressuresensors.

l When a large metallic object (e.g. alarge electric household appliance or adesk-top computer) is placed on theright side of the rear seat, which mayblock radio signals from the tirepressure sensor to the receiver unit.

l When using the following devices inthe vehicle that may cause radiointerference with the receiver unit.l A digital device such as a personal

computer.l A current converter device such as a

DC-AC converter.l When excess snow or ice adheres tothe vehicle, especially around thewheels.

l When the tire pressure sensor batteriesare exhausted.

l When using a wheel with no tirepressure sensor installed.

l When using tires with steel wirereinforcement in the side walls.

l When using tire chains.

qTires and Wheels

CAUTIONWhen inspecting or adjusting the tireair pressures, do not apply excessiveforce to the stem part of the wheelunit. The stem part could bedamaged.

Changing tires and wheels

The following procedure allows theTPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor'sunique ID signal code whenever tires orwheels are changed, such as changing toand from winter tires.

NOTEEach tire pressure sensor has a unique IDsignal code. The signal code must beregistered with the TPMS before it can work.The easiest way to do it is to have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer change your tire andcomplete ID signal code registration.

When having tires changed at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer

Tire pressure sensor ID signal coderegistration is completed when anAuthorized Mazda Dealer changes yourvehicle's tires.

Driving Your Mazda


5-31


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (154,1)

When changing tires yourself

If you or someone else changes tires, youor someone else can also undertake thesteps for the TPMS to complete the IDsignal code registration.

1. After tires have been changed, turn theignition switch to the ON position, thenturn it back to the ACC or LOCKposition.

2. Wait for about 15 minutes.

3. After about 15 minutes, drive thevehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tirepressure sensor ID signal code will beregistered automatically.

NOTEIf the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutesof changing tires, the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning light will flash because thesensor ID signal code would not have beenregistered. If this happens, park the vehicle forabout 15 minutes, after which the sensor IDsignal code will register upon driving thevehicle for 10 minutes.

Replacing tires and wheels

CAUTIONØ When replacing/repairing the tires

or wheels or both, have the workdone by an Authorized MazdaDealer, or the tire pressure sensorsmay be damaged.

Ø The wheels equipped on yourMazda are specially designed forinstallation of the tire pressuresensors. Do not use non-genuinewheels, otherwise it may not bepossible to install the tire pressuresensors.

Be sure to have the tire pressure sensorsinstalled whenever tires or wheels arereplaced.When having a tire or wheel or bothreplaced, the following types of tirepressure sensor installations are possible.l The tire pressure sensor is removedfrom the old wheel and installed to thenew one.

l The same tire pressure sensor is usedwith the same wheel. Only the tire isreplaced.

l A new tire pressure sensor is installedto a new wheel.

NOTEl The tire pressure sensor ID signal code

must be registered when a new tire pressuresensor is purchased. For purchase of a tirepressure sensor and registration of the tirepressure sensor ID signal code, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l When reinstalling a previously removed tirepressure sensor to a wheel, replace thegrommet (seal between valve body/sensorand wheel) for the tire pressure sensor.

5-32

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (155,1)

Meters and Gauges(Black-out meter)When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the dashboard gauges illuminate.

Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-34Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector .................................................. page 5-34Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-35Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge .................................................................. page 5-35Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-36Instrument Cluster Dimmer Select Button (Black-out meter) ............................ page 5-36

Driving Your Mazda

Instrument Cluster and Indicators

5-33


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (156,1)

qSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates the speed ofthe vehicle.

qOdometer, Trip Meter and TripMeter Selector

The display mode can be changedbetween trip meter A and trip meter B bypressing the selector while one of them isdisplayed. The selected mode will bedisplayed.

Selector

Trip meter

Odometer

Odometer

Odometer

Trip meter A

Press the selector

Press the selector

Trip meter B

NOTEl (Standard meter)

The odometer and trip meter can bedisplayed as follows even when the ignitionswitch is in the ACC or LOCK position.l Displays for 10 minutes after the

ignition switch is turned to the ACC orLOCK position from the ON position.

l Displays for 10 minutes after thedriver's door is opened.

l (Black-out meter)When the ignition switch is in the ACC orLOCK position, the odometer or trip meterscannot be displayed, however, pressing theselector button can inadvertently switch thetrip meters or reset them during anapproximate ten-minute period in thefollowing cases:l After the ignition switch is turned to the

ACC or LOCK position from the ONposition.

l After the driver's door is opened.

5-34

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (157,1)

Odometer

The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

Trip meter

The trip meter can record the totaldistance of two trips. One is recorded intrip meter A, and the other is recorded intrip meter B.

For instance, trip meter A can record thedistance from the point of origin, and tripmeter B can record the distance fromwhere the fuel tank is filled.

When trip meter A is selected, pressingthe selector again within one second willchange to trip meter B mode.

When trip meter A is selected, TRIPAwill be displayed. When trip meter B isselected, TRIP B will be displayed.

The trip meter records the total distancethe vehicle is driven until the meter isagain reset. Return it to “0.0” by holdingthe selector depressed for 1 second ormore. Use this meter to measure tripdistances and to compute fuelconsumption.

NOTEl Only the trip meters record tenths of

kilometers (miles).l The trip record will be erased when:

l The power supply is interrupted (blownfuse or the battery is disconnected).

l The vehicle is driven over 999.9 km(mile).

qTachometer

The tachometer shows engine speed inthousands of revolutions per minute(rpm).

Red zoneWith turbochargerWithout turbocharger

CAUTIONDo not run the engine with thetachometer needle in the RED ZONE.This may cause severe enginedamage.

qEngine Coolant Temperature Gauge

The engine coolant temperature gaugeshows the temperature of the enginecoolant.

If the needle is near H, it indicatesoverheating.

Driving Your Mazda


5-35


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (158,1)

CAUTIONDriving with an overheated enginecan cause serious engine damage(page 7-14).

qFuel Gauge

The fuel gauge shows approximately howmuch fuel is remaining in the tank whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.We recommend keeping the tank over 1/4full. When the low fuel warning lightilluminates or when the needle is near E,refuel as soon as possible.

Low fuel warning light

NOTEl After refueling, it may require some time for

the needle to stabilize. In addition, theneedle may deviate while driving on a slopeor curve since the fuel moves in the tank.

l The direction of the arrow ( ) shows nextto the low fuel warning light indicates thatthe fuel-filler lid is on the right side of thevehicle.

qDashboard Illumination

When the exterior lights are on, rotate thethumb-wheel to adjust the brightness ofthe dashboard lights.

Bright

Dim

NOTEBlack-out meterWhen the instrument cluster dimmer iscanceled, the instrument cluster illuminationintensity will not change by rotating thethumb-wheel.Refer to Instrument Cluster Dimmer SelectButton on page 5-36.

qInstrument Cluster DimmerSelect Button (Black-out meter)

The instrument cluster dimmer selectbutton is operable when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

Instrument cluster dimmer select button

5-36

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (159,1)

Adjusting the instrument clusterillumination intensity (With exteriorlights off)

When the exterior lights are off, theinstrument cluster illumination can beadjusted to one of five levels bysuccessively pressing the instrumentcluster dimmer select button.

Canceling the instrument clusterillumination dimmer (With exteriorlights on)

When the exterior lights are on, theinstrument cluster illumination dims.When driving on snowy or foggy roads,or in other situations when the instrumentcluster's visibility is reduced due to glarefrom surrounding brightness, theinstrument cluster dimmer select buttonincreases the illumination intensity.Press the button to increase the intensityof the instrument cluster illumination.Press the button again to return to theprevious illumination intensity.

Driving Your Mazda


5-37


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (160,1)

Warning/Indicator Lights

Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas

Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page

Brake System Warning Light 5-40

Charging System Warning Light 5-41

Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 5-41

Check Engine Light 5-42

ABS Warning Light 5-40

Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 5-42

Low Fuel Warning Light 5-43

5-38

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (161,1)

Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep 5-43

Door-Ajar Warning Light 5-44

Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light 5-44

Automatic Transaxle Warning Light 5-45

Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 5-45

Security Indicator Light 5-47

Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light 5-47

Shift Position Indicator Light 5-47

TCS/DSC Indicator Light 5-48

DSC OFF Indicator Light 5-48

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green) 5-48

Lights-On Indicator Light 5-48

Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light 5-49

Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5-49

Driving Your Mazda


5-39


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (162,1)

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light illuminates when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchin the START or ON position. It turns offwhen the parking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brakeis fully released, you may have a brakeproblem.

Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder todepress or that it may go closer to thefloor. In either case, it will take longer tostop the vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, open thehood and check the brake fluid levelimmediately, and then add fluid ifrequired (page 8-23).

2. After adding fluid, check the lightagain.

If the warning light remains on, or if thebrakes do not operate properly, do notdrive the vehicle. Have it towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Even if the light turns off have your brakesystem inspected as soon as possible byan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEHaving to add brake fluid is sometimes anindicator of leakage. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible even if thebrake light is no longer illuminated.

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thebrakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving with the brake systemwarning light illuminated isdangerous. It indicates that yourbrakes may not work at all or thatthey could completely fail at anytime. If this light remainsilluminated, after checking that theparking brake is fully released, havethe brakes inspected immediately.

qABS Warning Lightí

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

5-40

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (163,1)

NOTEWhen the engine is jump-started to charge thebattery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABSwarning light may illuminate. If this occurs, itis the result of the weak battery and does notindicate an ABS malfunction.Recharge the battery.

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warningí

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may illuminate the brakesystem warning light and the ABSwarning light on simultaneously. Theproblem is likely to be the electronicbrake force distribution system.

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABS warninglight and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan Authorized Mazda Dealer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:

Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated simultaneously isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quicklyin an emergency stop than undernormal circumstances.

qCharging System Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition and turns off when the engine isstarted.

If the warning light illuminates whiledriving, it indicates a malfunction of thealternator or of the charging system.Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

CAUTIONDo not continue driving when thecharging system warning light isilluminated because the engine couldstop unexpectedly.

qEngine Oil Pressure Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition and turns off when the engine isstarted.

This warning light indicates low engineoil pressure.

Driving Your Mazda


5-41íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (164,1)

If the light illuminates while driving:

1. Drive to the side of the road and parkoff the right-of-way on level ground.

2. Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutesfor the oil to drain back into the oilpan.

3. Inspect the engine oil level (page 8-20).If it's low, add the appropriate amountof engine oil while being careful not tooverfill.

4. Start the engine and check the warninglight.

If the light remains illuminated even afteryou add oil, stop the engine immediatelyand have your vehicle towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONDo not run the engine if the oilpressure is low. It could result inextensive engine damage.

qCheck Engine Light

This indicator light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition and turns off when the engine isstarted.

If this light illuminates while driving, thevehicle may have a problem. It isimportant to note the driving conditionswhen the light illuminated and consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

The check engine light may illuminate inthe following cases:l The fuel tank level being very low orapproaching empty.

l The engine's electrical system has aproblem.

l The emission control system has aproblem.

l The fuel-filler cap is missing or nottightened securely.

If the check engine light remains on orflashes continuously, do not drive at highspeeds and consult an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible.




5-42

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (165,1)



qLow Fuel Warning Light

Low fuel warning light

This warning light in the fuel gaugesignals that the fuel tank will soon beempty.Refuel as soon as possible.

qSeat Belt Warning Light/Beep

The seat belt warning light illuminatesand a beep sound will be heard if thedriver's seat belt is not fastened when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

Conditions of operation

Condition Result

The driver's seat belt is notfastened when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning lightflashes and a beepsound will be heardfor about 6 seconds.

The driver's seat belt isfastened while the warninglight and the beep sound areactivated.

The warning lightturns off and the beepsound stops.

The driver's seat belt isfastened before the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning light willnot illuminate and thebeep sound will not beheard.

Belt minder

NOTEThe belt minder can be deactivated. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate orrestore the seat belt minder.

Driver seated/Front passenger notseatedThe belt minder is a supplementalwarning to the seat belt warning function.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the warning light/beepoperates to give you further remindersaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt

Indicator

Beep


Driving Your Mazda


5-43


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (166,1)

Once the beep sound is heard, it continuessounding even if the vehicle speed lowersto 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until theseatbelt is fastened or the beep soundperiod has passed.Driver seated/Front passenger seatedThe seat belt warning function remindsthe front passenger to fasten the seat beltaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt(Driver)

Seat belt(Passenger)

Indicator

Beep


Placing heavy items on the frontpassenger seat may cause the frontpassenger seat belt warning function tooperate depending on the weight of theitem.


NOTEl To allow the front passenger seat weight

sensor to function properly, do not placeand sit on an additional seat cushion on thefront passenger seat. The sensor may notfunction properly because the additionalseat cushion could cause sensorinterference.

l When a small child sits on the frontpassenger seat, it is possible that neitherthe warning light nor the warning beepoperate.

qDoor-Ajar Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when anydoor, trunk, or liftgate is not securelyclosed.Close the door, trunk, or liftgate securelybefore driving the vehicle.

qLowWasher Fluid LevelWarning Lightí

This warning light indicates that littlewasher fluid remains. Add fluid (page8-27).

5-44

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (167,1)

qAutomatic Transaxle Warning Light

This warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.The light illuminates when the transaxlehas a problem.

CAUTIONIf the automatic transaxle warninglight illuminates, the transaxle hasan electrical problem. Continuing todrive your Mazda in this conditioncould cause damage to yourtransaxle. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

qTire Pressure Monitoring SystemWarning Lightí

This warning light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

Thereafter, the warning light illuminatesand a beep is heard when tire pressure istoo low in one or more tires, and flasheswhen there is a system malfunction.

WARNINGIf the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes, orthe tire pressure warning beep sound isheard, decrease vehicle speedimmediately and avoid suddenmaneuvering and braking:

If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, it is dangerous todrive the vehicle at high speeds, orperform sudden maneuvering orbraking. Vehicle drivability couldworsen and result in an accident.To determine if you have a slow leakor a flat, pull over to a safe positionwhere you can check the visualcondition of the tire and determine ifyou have enough air to proceed to aplace where air may be added andthe system monitored again, anAuthorized Mazda Dealer or a tirerepair station.

Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:Ignoring the TPMS warning light isdangerous, even if you know why it isilluminated. Have the problem takencare of as soon as possible before itdevelops into a more serioussituation that could lead to tirefailure and a dangerous accident.

Warning light illuminates/Warningbeep sounds

When the warning light illuminates, andthe warning beep sound is heard (about 3seconds), tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires.

Driving Your Mazda


5-45íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (168,1)

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tirepressure. Refer to the specification charts(page 10-8).

CAUTIONWhen replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

NOTEl Perform tire pressure adjustment when the

tires are cold. Tire pressure will varyaccording to the tire temperature, thereforelet the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only driveit 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjustingthe tire pressures. When pressure isadjusted on hot tires to the cold inflationpressure, the TPMS warning light/beep mayturn on after the tires cool and pressuredrops below specification.Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,resulting from the tire air pressure droppingdue to cold ambient temperature, may turnoff if the ambient temperature rises. In thiscase, it will also be necessary to adjust thetire air pressures. If the TPMS warninglight illuminates due to a drop in tire airpressure, make sure to check and adjust thetire air pressures.

l After adjusting the tire air pressures, it mayrequire some time for the TPMS warninglight to turn off. If the TPMS warning lightremains illuminated, drive the vehicle at aspeed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10minutes, and then verify that it turns off.

l Tires loose air naturally over time and theTPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting toosoft over time or you have a flat. However,when you find one low tire in a set of four-that is an indication of trouble; you shouldhave someone drive the vehicle slowlyforward so you can inspect any low tire forcuts and any metal objects sticking throughtread or sidewall. Put a few drops of waterin the valve stem to see if it bubblesindicating a bad valve. Leaks need to beaddressed by more than simply refilling thetrouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take itto an Authorized Mazda Dealer which hasall the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systemsand order the best replacement tire for yourvehicle.

5-46

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (169,1)

If the warning light illuminates again evenafter the tire pressures are adjusted, theremay be a tire puncture. Replace thepunctured tire with the temporary sparetire (page 7-8).

NOTEA tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used.

Warning light flashes

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qSecurity Indicator Light

This indicator light starts flashing every 2seconds when the ignition switch is turnedfrom the ON to the ACC position and theimmobilizer system is armed.

The light stops flashing when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position withthe correct ignition key.At this time, the immobilizer system isdisarmed and the light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and then turns off.

If the engine does not start with thecorrect ignition key, and the securityindicator light keeps illuminating orflashing, the system may have amalfunction. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qHeadlight High-Beam IndicatorLight

This light indicates one of two things:l The high-beam headlights are on.l The turn signal lever is in the flash-to-pass position.

qShift Position Indicator Light(Automatic Transaxle)

This indicates the selected shift positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.


Driving Your Mazda


5-47


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (170,1)


When the shift lever is in the D or Mposition, the numeral for the selected geardisplays.

qTCS/DSC Indicator Lightí



qDSC OFF Indicator Lightí

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.It also illuminates when the DSC OFFswitch is pressed and TCS/DSC isswitched off (page 5-25).

If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC isnot switched off, take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamicstability control may have a malfunction.

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)í

The indicator light has two colors.

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON/OFF switch is pressed andthe cruise control system is activated.

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

qLights-On Indicator Light(Black-out meter)

This indicator light illuminates when theexterior lights and dashboard illuminationare on.

5-48

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (171,1)

qPower Steering MalfunctionIndicator Lightí

This indicator light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition and goes off when the engine isstarted.

If the light stays illuminated after theengine is started or illuminates whiledriving, turn off the engine after parkingin a safe place, and then start the engineagain.If the light does not illuminate afterrestarting the engine, this indicates thatthe power steering is restored and normalsteering is possible.If the light remains illuminated, the powersteering is still inoperable. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEThe power steering system is inoperable whenthe power steering malfunction indicator lightilluminates. Steering is possible, but requiresmore physical effort.

qTurn-Signal/Hazard WarningIndicator Lights

When operating the turn signal lights, theleft or right turn signal indicator lightflashes to indicate which turn signal lightis operating (page 5-54).

When operating the hazard warninglights, both turn signal indicator lightsflash (page 5-61).

NOTEIf an indicator light remains illuminated (doesnot flash) or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out.

Driving Your Mazda


5-49íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (172,1)

Beep Sounds


If a malfunction is detected in both the airbag/front seat belt pretensioner systemand the warning light, a warning beepsound will be heard for about 1 minute.After that, the one-minute beep will berepeated every 30 minutes.

Have your vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.



qSeat Belt Warning Beep

If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned to theON position, a beep sound will be heardfor about 6 seconds.If the driver's seat belt is not fastened andthe vehicle is driven at a speed faster thanabout 20 km/h (12 mph), a beep soundwill be heard again for a specified periodof time.Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep onpage 5-43.

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition switch is in the LOCK orACC position with the key inserted, acontinuous beep sound will be heardwhen the driver's door is opened.

qLights-On Reminder

If lights are on and the key is removedfrom the ignition switch, a continuousbeep sound will be heard when thedriver's door is opened.

qTire Inflation Pressure WarningBeepí

The warning beep sound will be heard forabout 3 seconds when there is anyabnormality in tire inflation pressures(page 5-27).

5-50

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (173,1)

Lighting Control

qHeadlights

Type A (Without AUTO position)

Turn the headlight switch to turn theheadlights, other exterior lights anddashboard illumination on or off.

Switch Position

Headlights Off Off On

TaillightsParking lightsLicense lightsSide-marker lightsDashboard illumination

Off On On

NOTETo prevent discharging the battery, do notleave the lights on while the engine is offunless safety requires them.

Type B (With AUTO position)

Turn the headlight switch to turn theheadlights, other exterior lights anddashboard illumination on or off.

Switch Position

Headlights Off Off On

Auto

TaillightsParking lightsLicense lightsSide-markerlightsDashboardillumination

Off On On

NOTETo prevent discharging the battery, do notleave the lights on while the engine is offunless safety requires them.

AUTO (Auto-light control)When the headlight switch is in theAUTO position and the ignition switch isin the ON position, the light sensor sensesthe surrounding lightness or darkness andautomatically turns on or off theheadlights, other exterior lights anddashboard illumination (see chart above).

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls

5-51


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (174,1)

CAUTIONØ Do not shade the light sensor by

adhering a sticker or a label onthe windshield. Otherwise the lightsensor will not operate correctly.

Light sensor

Ø The light sensor also works as arain sensor for the auto-wipercontrol. Keep hands and scrapersclear of the windshield when theignition switch is in the ONposition as fingers could bepinched or the wipers and wiperblades damaged when the wipersactivate automatically. If you aregoing to clean the windshield, besure the wipers are turned offcompletely - this is particularlyimportant when clearing ice andsnow - when it is particularlytempting to leave the enginerunning.

NOTEl The light may not turn off immediately even

if the surrounding area becomes well-litbecause the light sensor determines that itis nighttime if the surrounding area iscontinuously dark for several minutes suchas inside long tunnels, traffic jams insidetunnels, or in indoor parking lots.In this case, the light turns off if the lightswitch is turned to the OFF position.

l When the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition and the ignition switch is turned tothe ACC or LOCK position, the headlights,other exterior lights and dashboardillumination will turn off.

l The timing for turning on the headlights,other exterior lights and dashboardillumination can be delayed by adjustingthe sensitivity of the light sensor. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer regarding sensoradjustment.

l The sensitivity of the AUTO lights may bechanged by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Xenon fusion headlight bulbsí

The low-beam bulbs of the headlightshave xenon fusion bulbs that produce abright white beam over a wide area.

WARNINGDo not replace the xenon fusion bulbsyourself:

Replacing the xenon fusion bulbsyourself is dangerous. Because thexenon fusion bulbs require highvoltage, you could receive an electricshock if the bulbs are handledincorrectly. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer when the replacementis necessary.

5-52

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (175,1)

NOTEIf the headlights flicker, or the brightnessweakens, the bulb-life may be depleted and areplacement is necessary. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qLights-On Reminder

If lights are on and the key is removedfrom the ignition switch, a continuousbeep sound will be heard when thedriver's door is opened.

qHeadlight High-Low Beam

Push the lever forward for high beam.Pull back to original position for lowbeam.

High beam

Low beam

qFlashing the Headlights

To flash the headlights, pull the lever fullytoward you. The headlight switch doesnot need to be on, and the lever will returnto the normal position when released.

qHeadlight Levelingí

The number of passengers and weight ofcargo in the luggage compartment changethe angle of the headlights.

The headlight leveling switch adjusts thisangle.

Select the proper setting from thefollowing chart.

Driving Your Mazda


5-53íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (176,1)


Front seat Rearseat

LoadSwitchPositionDriver Passenger

× ― ― ― 0

× × ― ― 0

× × × ― 1

× × × × 2

× ― ― × 3

×: Yes―: No

With turbocharger

Front seat Rearseat

LoadSwitchPositionDriver Passenger

× ― ― ― 0

× × ― ― 0

× × × ― 1

× × × × 1

× ― ― × 2

×: Yes―: No

qDaytime Running Lights (Canada)

In Canada, vehicles must be driven withthe headlights on during daytimeoperation.

For that reason, the daytime running lightsautomatically turn on when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position.

NOTEThe Daytime Running Lights turn off when theparking brake is applied.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

qTurn Signal

Move the signal lever down (for a leftturn) or up (for a right turn) to the stopposition. The signal will self-cancel afterthe turn is completed.

If the indicator light continues to flashafter a turn, manually return the lever toits original position.

Right turn

Left turn

OFF

Right lane change

Left lane change

Green indicators on the dashboard showwhich signal is working.

Lane-change signals

Move the lever slightly toward thedirection of the change ―until theindicator flashes― and hold it there. Itwill return to the off position whenreleased.

NOTEIf an indicator light stays on without flashingor if it flashes abnormally, one of the turnsignal bulbs may be burned out.

5-54

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (177,1)

Fog Lightsí

The front fog lights help you to see aswell as to be seen.

The headlights must be turned on to turnon the front fog lights.

To turn the front fog lights on, rotate thefog light switch to the position.

Fog light switch

To turn the front fog lights off, rotate thefog light switch to the OFF position orturn the headlights off.

NOTEl The fog lights will turn off when the

headlights are set at high beam.l (With auto-light control)

If the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition, the front fog lights can be turnedon when the headlights, the exterior lightsand dashboard illumination are on.

Windshield Wipers andWasher

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition.

WARNINGUse only windshield washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:

Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindshield, it will dirty thewindshield, affect your visibility, andcould result in an accident.

Only use windshield washer fluidmixed with anti-freeze protection infreezing weather conditions:

Using windshield washer fluidwithout anti-freeze protection infreezing weather conditions isdangerous as it could freeze on thewindshield and block your visionwhich could cause an accident.In addition, make sure thewindshield is sufficiently warmedusing the defroster before sprayingthe washer fluid.

Driving Your Mazda


5-55íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (178,1)

NOTEBecause heavy ice and snow can jam the wiperblades, the wiper motor is protected frommotor breakdown, overheating and possiblefire by a circuit breaker. This mechanism willautomatically stop operation of the blades, butonly for about 5 minutes.If this happens, turn off the wiper switch andpark off the right-of-way, and remove the snowand ice.After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and theblades should operate normally. If they do notresume functioning, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible. Drive tothe side of the road and park off the right-of-way. Wait until the weather clears before tryingto drive with the wipers inoperative.

qWindshield Wipers

Type A (With INT position)

Turn the wipers on by pulling the leverdown.INT ― IntermittentLO ― Low speedHI ― High speed

For a single wiping cycle, press the leverup to MIST.MIST ― Mist

Variable-speed intermittent wipersí

Set the lever to INT and choose theinterval timing by rotating the ring.

INT ring

Type B (With AUTO position)

Turn the wipers on by pulling the leverdown.AUTO― Auto controlLO ― Low speedHI ― High speed

For a single wiping cycle, press the leverup to MIST.MIST ― Mist

5-56

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (179,1)

AUTO (Auto-wiper control)When the wiper lever is in the AUTOposition, the rain sensor senses theamount of rainfall on the windshield andturns the wiper on or off automatically(off―intermittent―low speed―highspeed).

The sensitivity of the rain sensor can beadjusted by turning the switch on thewiper lever.From the center position (normal), turnthe switch towards (+) for highersensitivity (faster response) or turn theswitch towards (_) for less sensitivity(slower response).

Center position

Higher sensitivity

Less sensitivitySwitch

CAUTIONØ Do not shade the rain sensor by

adhering a sticker or a label onthe windshield. Otherwise the rainsensor will not operate correctly.

Rain sensor

Driving Your Mazda


5-57


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (180,1)

Ø When the wiper lever is in theAUTO position and the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, thewipers may move automatically inthe following cases:Ø If the windshield above the rain

sensor is touched.Ø If the windshield above the rain

sensor is wiped with a cloth.Ø If the windshield is struck with

a hand or other object.Ø If the rain sensor is struck with

a hand or other object frominside the vehicle.

Keep hands and scrapers clear ofthe windshield when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position asfingers could be pinched or thewipers and wiper blades damagedwhen they activate automatically.If you are going to clean thewindshield, be sure the wipers areturned off completely - this isparticularly important whenclearing ice and snow - when it isparticularly tempting to leave theengine running.

NOTEl Switching the auto-wiper lever from the

OFF to the AUTO position while driving ata vehicle speed of 4 km/h (2 mph) or higher(or after driving the vehicle) activates thewindshield wipers once, after which theyoperate according to the rainfall amount.

l The auto-wiper control may not operatewhen the rain sensor temperature is about_10 °C (14 °F) or lower, or about 85 °C(185 °F) or higher.

l If the windshield is coated with waterrepellent, the rain sensor may not be able tosense the amount of rainfall correctly andauto-wiper control may not operateproperly.

l If dirt or foreign matter (e.g. ice or mattercontaining salt water) adheres to thewindshield above the rain sensor or if thewindshield is iced, it could cause the wipersto move automatically. However, if thewipers cannot remove this ice, dirt orforeign matter, the auto-wiper control willstop operation. In this case, pull the wiperlever to the low speed or high speedposition for manual operation, or removethe ice, dirt or foreign matter by hand torestore the auto-wiper operation.

5-58

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (181,1)

qWindshield Washer

Pull the lever toward you and hold it tospray washer fluid.

OFF

Washer

NOTEWith the wiper lever in the OFF or INT (TypeA)/AUTO (Type B) position, the wipers willoperate continuously until the lever isreleased.

If the washer does not work, inspect thefluid level (page 8-27). If it's normal,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Rear Window Wiper andWasher (5 Door)


qRear Window Wiper

Turn the wiper on by turning the rearwiper/washer switch.ON ― NormalINT ― Intermittent

qRear Window Washer

To spray washer fluid, turn the rear wiper/washer switch to the position. Afterthe switch is released, the washer willstop.If the washer doesn't work, inspect thefluid level (page 8-27). If it's OK and thewasher still doesn't work, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Driving Your Mazda


5-59


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (182,1)

Rear Window DefrosterThe rear window defroster clears frost,fog, and thin ice from the rear window.


Press the switch to turn on the rearwindow defroster. The rear windowdefroster operates for about 10―15minutes and turns off automatically.The indicator light illuminates duringoperation.

To turn off the rear window defrosterbefore the 10―15 minutes has elapsed,press the switch again.

Manual Type Air-Conditioning

Indicator light

Fully Automatic Type Air-Conditioning

Indicator light

CAUTIONDo not use sharp instruments orwindow cleaners with abrasives toclean the inside of the rear windowsurface. They may damage thedefroster grid inside the window.

NOTEThis defroster is not designed for melting snow.If there is an accumulation of snow on the rearwindow, remove it before using the defroster.

qMirror Defrosterí

To turn on the mirror defrosters, turn theignition switch to the ON position andpress the rear window defroster switch(page 5-60).

5-60

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (183,1)

HornTo sound the horn, press the mark onthe steering wheel.

Hazard Warning FlasherThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Hazard warning flasher

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe turn signals will flash.

NOTEl The turn signals do not work when the

hazard warning lights are on.l Check local regulations about the use of

hazard warning lights while the vehicle isbeing towed to verify that it is not inviolation of the law.

Driving Your Mazda


5-61


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (184,1)

5-62


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (185,1)

6 Interior Comfort

Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

Climate Control System ............................................................... 6-2Operating Tips ........................................................................... 6-2Vent Operation .......................................................................... 6-3Types of the Climate Control Systemí ..................................... 6-5Manual Typeí .......................................................................... 6-6Fully Automatic Typeí ........................................................... 6-11

Audio System ............................................................................... 6-16Antenna ................................................................................... 6-16Operating Tips for Audio System ........................................... 6-17Audio Set ................................................................................ 6-27Audio Control Switch Operation (Steering Wheel)í ............. 6-56AUX Mode (Auxiliary input) ................................................. 6-58Safety Certification ................................................................. 6-61

Interior Equipment ..................................................................... 6-62Sunvisors ................................................................................. 6-62Interior Lights ......................................................................... 6-62Information Display ................................................................ 6-65Lighter ..................................................................................... 6-70Ashtray .................................................................................... 6-70Cup Holder .............................................................................. 6-71Bottle Holder ........................................................................... 6-72Storage Compartments ............................................................ 6-72Accessory Sockets .................................................................. 6-76

6-1íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (186,1)

Operating Tips

qOperating the Climate ControlSystem

Operate the climate control system withthe engine running.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the fan control dial on for a longperiod of time with the ignition switch in theON position when the engine is not running.

qClearing the Air Inlet

Clear all obstructions such as leaves,snow and ice from the hood and the airinlet in the cowl grille to improve thesystem efficiency.

qFoggy Windows

The windows may fog up easily in humidweather. Use the climate control system todefog the windows.

To help defog the windows, operate theair conditioner to dehumidify the air.

NOTEThe air conditioner may be used along with theheater to dehumidify the air.

qOutside/Recirculated Air Position

Use the outside air position in normalconditions. The recirculated air positionshould be used only when driving ondusty roads or for quick cooling of theinterior.

qParking in Direct Sunlight

If the vehicle has been parked in directsunlight during hot weather, open thewindows to let warm air escape, then runthe climate control system.

qNot Using for a Long Period

Run the air conditioner about 10 minutesat least once a month to keep internalparts lubricated.

qCheck the Refrigerant before theWeather Gets Hot

Have the air conditioner checked beforethe weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerantmay make the air conditioner lessefficient. Consult an Authorized MazdaDealer for refrigerant inspection.

The air conditioner is filled withHFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that willnot damage the ozone layer.If the air conditioner is low on refrigerantor has a malfunction, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qReplacement of the Cabin AirFilterí

If your vehicle is equipped with an airfilter for the air conditioner, it is necessaryto change the filter periodically asindicated in scheduled maintenance (page8-3). Consult an Authorized MazdaDealer for replacement of the cabin airfilter.

6-2

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Climate Control System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (187,1)

Vent Operation

Center vents

Side vents

qAdjusting the Vents

Directing airflow

Side Vents

To adjust the direction of airflow, open thevents and rotate them left and right.

Push

Center Vents

To adjust the direction of airflow, movethe adjustment knob.

Knob

NOTEWhen using the air conditioner under humidambient temperature conditions, the systemmay blow condensed air (fog) from the vents.This is not a sign of trouble but a result ofhumid air being suddenly cooled.

Interior Comfort


6-3


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (188,1)

qSelecting the Airflow Mode

Floor Vents

Dashboard and Floor Vents

Dashboard Vents Defroster and Floor Vents

Defroster Vents

6-4

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (189,1)

Types of the Climate Control Systemí

Manual type and fully automatic type climate control systems are explained separately.Check your vehicle's climate control type and read the appropriate pages.Manual Type ............................................................................................................ page 6-6

Fully Automatic Type ............................................................................................. page 6-11

Interior Comfort


6-5íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (190,1)

Manual Typeí

Air intake selectorA/C switch

Mode selector dial Temperature control dialFan control dial

Some models.

qControl Switches

Temperature control dial

Cold Hot

This dial controls temperature. Turn itclockwise for hot and counterclockwisefor cold.

Fan control dial

This dial allows variable fan speeds.0―Fan off1―Low speed2―Medium low speed3―Medium high speed4―High speed

6-6

Interior Comfort

íSome models.



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (191,1)

Mode selector dial

Turn the mode selector dial to selectairflow mode (page 6-4).

NOTEl The mode selector dial can be set at the

intermediate positions ( ) between eachmode. Set the dial to a intermediateposition if you want to slightly adjust theairflow amount.

l For example, when the mode selector dial isat the position between the andpositions, airflow from the floor vent is lessthan that of the position.

A/C switch í

Press the A/C switch to turn the airconditioner on. The indicator light on theswitch will illuminate when the fancontrol dial is set at position 1, 2, 3, or 4.

Press the switch once again to turn the airconditioner off.

NOTEl The air conditioner may not function when

the outside temperature approaches 0 °C(32 °F).

l (U.S.A., Canada)When the mode is set to or with thefan control dial in a position other than 0and the temperature control dial in themaximum cold position, the air intakeselector switches to the recirculated airmode and the A/C turns on automatically.If A/C is not desired, press the A/C switchto turn it off.If recirculated air mode is not desired,press the air intake selector to switch tooutside air mode.

Air intake selector

This switch controls the source of airentering the vehicle.

Press the switch to alternatebetween the outside air and recirculatedair modes.

It is recommended that under normalconditions the switch be kept in theoutside air mode.

Outside air mode (indicator lightturned off)

Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Usethis mode for normal ventilation andheating.

Interior Comfort


6-7íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (192,1)

Recirculated air mode (indicator lightilluminated)

Outside air is shut off. Air within thevehicle is recirculated.

This mode can be used when driving on adusty road or in similar conditions. It alsohelps to provide quicker cooling of theinterior.

WARNINGDo not use the recirculated air mode incold or rainy weather:

Using the recirculated air mode incold or rainy weather is dangerous asit will cause the windows to fog up.Your vision will be hampered, whichcould lead to a serious accident.

qHeating

1. Set the mode selector dial to theposition.

2. Set the temperature control dial to thehot position.

3. Set the fan control dial to the desiredspeed.

NOTEl If the windshield fogs up easily, set the

mode selector dial to the position.l If cooler air is desired at face level, set the

mode selector dial at the position andadjust the temperature control dial tomaintain maximum comfort.

l The air to the floor is warmer than air tothe face (except when the temperaturecontrol dial is set at the extreme hot or coldposition).

l In the , , or position, the airconditioner is automatically turned on(however, the indicator light does notilluminate) and the outside air mode isautomatically selected to defrost thewindshield.In the or position, the outside airmode cannot be changed to the recirculatedair mode.

qCooling (With Air Conditioner)


2. Set the temperature control dial to thecold position.


4. Turn on the air conditioner by pressingthe A/C switch.

5. Adjust the fan control dial andtemperature control dial to maintainmaximum comfort.

6-8

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (193,1)

CAUTIONWhen using the air conditioner whiledriving up long hills or in heavytraffic, closely monitor thetemperature gauge (page 5-35).The air conditioner may cause engineoverheating. If the gauge indicatesoverheating, turn the air conditioneroff (page 7-14).

NOTEl When maximum cooling is desired, set the

temperature control dial to the extreme coldposition and set the air intake selector tothe recirculated air mode, then set the fancontrol dial to position 4.

l If warmer air is desired at floor level, setthe mode selector dial at the positionand adjust the temperature control dial tomaintain maximum comfort.

l The air to the floor is warmer than air tothe face (except when the temperaturecontrol dial is set at the extreme hot or coldposition).

qVentilation


2. Set the air intake selector to the outsideair mode.

3. Set the temperature control dial to thedesired position.


qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging




WARNINGDo not defog the windshield using the

position with the temperaturecontrol set to the cold position:

Using the position with thetemperature control set to the coldposition is dangerous as it will causethe outside of the windshield to fogup. Your vision will be hampered,which could lead to a seriousaccident. Set the temperature controlto the hot or warm position whenusing the position.

NOTEl For maximum defrosting, set the

temperature control dial to the extreme hotposition and the fan control dial to position4.

l If warm air is desired at the floor, set themode selector dial to the position.

l In the , , or position, the airconditioner is automatically turned on(however, the indicator light does notilluminate) and the outside air mode isautomatically selected to defrost thewindshield.In the or position, the outside airmode cannot be changed to the recirculatedair mode.

Interior Comfort


6-9


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (194,1)

qDehumidifying (With AirConditioner)

Operate the air conditioner in cool or coldweather to help defog the windshield andside windows.

1. Set the mode selector dial to thedesired position.

2. Set the air intake selector to the outsideair mode.



5. Turn on the air conditioner by pressingthe A/C switch.

NOTEOne of the functions of the air conditioner isdehumidifying the air and, to use this function,the temperature does not have to be set to cold.Therefore, set the temperature control dial tothe desired position (hot or cold) and turn onthe air conditioner when you want todehumidify the cabin air.

6-10

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (195,1)

Fully Automatic Typeí

Climate control information is displayed on the information display.

AMB (Ambient Temperature) switch

Windshield defroster switch

Fan control dial Temperature control dialMode selector switch

OFF switch Auto switch

A/C switch

Air intake selector

qControl Switches

AUTO switch

By pressing the AUTO switch thefollowing functions will be automaticallycontrolled in accordance with the selectedset temperature:l Airflow temperaturel Amount of airflowl Selection of airflow mode

l Outside/Recirculated air selectionl Air conditioner operation

NOTEAUTO switch indicator lightl When on, it indicates AUTO operation, and

the system will function automatically.l When off, it indicates the operation of other

switches such as the mode selector switch,fan control dial, A/C switch and windshielddefroster switch. Other functions willcontinue to operate automatically.

Interior Comfort


6-11íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (196,1)

OFF switch

Pressing the OFF switch shuts off theclimate control system.

Temperature control dial

Cold Hot

This dial controls temperature.Turn itclockwise for hot and counterclockwisefor cold.

Fan control dial

Slow Fast

The fan has seven speeds. The selectedspeed will be displayed.

Mode selector switch

The desired airflow mode can be selected(page 6-4).

NOTEWith the airflow mode set to position andthe temperature control dial set at a mediumtemperature, heated air is directed to the feetand a comparably lower air temperature willflow through the central, left and right vents.

A/C switch

Pressing the A/C switch while the AUTOswitch is turned on will turn off the airconditioning (cooling/dehumidifyingfunctions). The air conditioning can beturned on and off by pressing the A/Cswitch while the fan control dial is on.

NOTEThe air conditioner may not function when theoutside temperature approaches 0 °C (32 °F).(Indicator remains on even when system is off.)

6-12

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (197,1)

Air intake selector

Outside or recirculated air positions canbe selected. Press the switch to selectoutside/recirculated air positions.

Recirculated air position (indicatorlight illuminated)

Use this position when going throughtunnels, driving in congested traffic (highengine exhaust areas), high ambienthumidity conditions, or when quickcooling is desired.

Outside air position (indicator lightturned off)

Use this position for normal conditionsand defogging.

WARNINGDo not use the position in cold orrainy weather:

Using the position in cold orrainy weather is dangerous as it willcause the windows to fog up. Yourvision will be hampered, which couldlead to a serious accident.

AMB (Ambient Temperature) switch

Press the AMB switch to display theambient temperature.

NOTEl The displayed ambient temperature may

vary from the actual ambient temperaturedepending on the surrounding area andvehicle conditions.

l Press the AMB switch again to switch thedisplay from ambient temperature to thetemperature set for the air conditioner.

Windshield defroster switch

Press the switch to defrost the windshieldand front door windows.

Interior Comfort


6-13


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (198,1)

qOperation of Automatic AirConditioning

1. Press the AUTO switch. Selection ofthe airflow mode, air intake selectorand amount of airflow will beautomatically controlled.

2. Use the temperature control dial toselect a desired temperature.

Cold Hot

To turn off the system, press the OFFswitch.

NOTEl Setting the temperature to maximum high

or low will not provide the desiredtemperature at a faster rate.

l When selecting heat, the system will restrictairflow until it has warmed to prevent coldair from blowing out of the vents.

qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging

Press the windshield defroster switch.In this position, the outside air position isautomatically selected, and the airconditioner automatically turns on. Theair conditioner will directly dehumidifythe air to the front windshield and sidewindows (page 6-4). Airflow amount willbe increased.

WARNINGSet the temperature control to the hotor warm position when defogging (position):

Using the position with thetemperature control set to the coldposition is dangerous as it will causethe outside of the windshield to fogup. Your vision will be hampered,which could lead to a seriousaccident.

NOTEUse the temperature control dial to increasethe air flow temperature and defog thewindshield more quickly.

6-14

Interior Comfort



Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (199,1)

qSunlight/Temperature Sensor

The fully automatic air conditionerfunction measures inside and outsidetemperatures, and sunlight. It then setstemperatures inside the passengercompartment accordingly.

CAUTIONDo not obstruct either sensor,otherwise the automatic airconditioner will not operate properly.

Sunlight sensor

Interior temperature sensor

Interior Comfort


6-15


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (200,1)

Antenna

qDetachable Type

To remove the antenna, turn itcounterclockwise.To install the antenna, turn it clockwise.Make sure the antenna is securelyinstalled.

Remove

InstallType A

Type B

Install

Remove

CAUTIONØ To prevent damage to the

antenna, remove it before enteringa car wash facility or passingbeneath a low overhead clearance.

Ø Be careful around the antennawhen removing snow from theroof. Otherwise the antenna couldbe damaged.

NOTEWhen leaving your vehicle unattended, werecommend that you remove the antenna andstore it inside the vehicle.

6-16

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (201,1)

Operating Tips for AudioSystem

WARNINGDo not adjust the audio controlswitches while driving the vehicle:

Adjusting the audio while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from thevehicle operation which could lead toa serious accident. Always adjust theaudio while the vehicle is stopped.Even if the audio control switches areequipped on the steering wheel, learnto use the switches without lookingdown at them so that you can keepyour maximum attention on the roadwhile driving the vehicle.

CAUTIONFor the purposes of safe driving,adjust the audio volume to a levelthat allows you to hear soundsoutside of the vehicle including carhorns and particularly emergencyvehicle sirens.

NOTEl To prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not leave the audio systemon for a long period of time when theengine is not running.

l If a cellular phone or CB radio is used inor near the vehicle, it could cause noise tooccur from the audio system, however, thisdoes not indicate that the system has beendamaged.

qRadio Reception

AM characteristics

AM signals bend around such things asbuildings or mountains and bounce off theionosphere. Therefore, they can reachlonger distances than FM signals. Becauseof this, two stations may sometimes bepicked up on the same frequency at thesame time.

Station 2Station 1

Ionosphere

FM characteristics

An FM broadcast range is usually about40―50 km (25―30 miles) from thesource. Because of extra coding needed tobreak the sound into two channels, stereoFM has even less range than monaural(non-stereo) FM.

FM Station

40—50km (25—30 miles)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-17


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (202,1)

Signals from an FM transmitter are similarto beams of light because they do notbend around corners, but they do reflect.Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannottravel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FMstations cannot be received at the greatdistances possible with AM reception.

AM waveFM wave

FM wave

100—200 km (60—120 miles)

Ionosphere

Atmospheric conditions can also affectFM reception. High humidity will causepoor reception. However, cloudy daysmay provide better reception than cleardays.

Multipath noise

Since FM signals can be reflected byobstructions, it is possible to receive boththe direct signal and the reflected signal atthe same time. This causes a slight delayin reception and may be heard as a brokensound or a distortion. This problem mayalso be encountered when in closeproximity to the transmitter.

Reflected waveDirect

Flutter/Skip noise

Signals from an FM transmitter move instraight lines and become weak in valleysbetween tall buildings, mountains, andother obstacles. When a vehicle passesthrough such an area, the receptionconditions may change suddenly, resultingin annoying noise.

Weak signal noise

In suburban areas, broadcast signalsbecome weak because of distance fromthe transmitter. Reception in such fringeareas is characterized by sound breakup.

6-18

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (203,1)

Strong signal noise

This occurs very close to a transmittertower. The broadcast signals areextremely strong, so the result is noise andsound breakup at the radio receiver.

Station drift noise

When a vehicle reaches the area of twostrong stations broadcasting at similarfrequencies, the original station may betemporarily lost and the second stationpicked up. At this time there will be somenoise from this disturbance.

Station 2 88.3 MHz

Station 1 88.1 MHz

qOperating Tips for CD Player/In-Dash CD Changer

Condensation phenomenon

Immediately after turning on the heaterwhen the vehicle is cold, the CD oroptical components (prism and lens) in theCD player/In-dash CD changer maybecome clouded with condensation. Atthis time, the CD will eject immediatelywhen placed in the unit. A clouded CDcan be corrected simply by wiping it witha soft cloth. Clouded optical componentswill clear naturally in about an hour. Waitfor normal operation to return beforeattempting to use the unit.

Handling the CD player/In-dash CDchanger

The following precautions should beobserved.l Do not spill any liquid on the audiosystem.

l Do not insert any objects, other thanCDs, into the slot.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-19


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (204,1)

l The CD revolves at high speed withinthe unit. Defective (cracked or badlybent) CDs should never be used.

l Do not use non-conventional discssuch as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,etc. The disc may not eject resulting ina malfunction.

l If the memory portion of the CD istransparent or translucent, do not usethe disc.

Transparent

l A new CD may have rough edges onits inner and outer perimeters. If a discwith rough edges is used, propersetting will not be possible and the CDplayer/In-dash CD changer will notplay the CD. In addition, the disc maynot eject resulting in a malfunction.Remove the rough edges in advance byusing a ball-point pen or pencil asshown below. To remove the roughedges, rub the side of the pen or pencilagainst the inner and outer perimeter ofthe CD.

l When driving over uneven surfaces,the sound may jump.

l The CD player/In-dash CD changer hasbeen designed to play CDs bearing theidentification logo as shown. No otherdiscs can be played.

6-20

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (205,1)

l Use discs that have been legitimatelyproduced. If illegally-copied discs suchas pirated discs are used, the systemmay not operate properly.

l Be sure never to touch the signalsurface when handling the CDs. Pickup a CD by grasping the outer edge orthe edge of the hole and the outer edge.

l Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.Avoid scratching the reverse side (theside without a label). The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

l Dust, finger smudges, and dirt candecrease the amount of light reflectedfrom the signal surface, thus affectingsound quality. If the CD shouldbecome soiled, gently wipe it with asoft cloth from the center of the CD tothe edge.

l Do not use record sprays, antistaticagents, or household spray cleaners.Volatile chemicals such as benzine andthinner can also damage the surface ofthe CD and must not be used. Anythingthat can damage, warp, or fog plasticshould never be used to clean CDs.

l Insert discs one by one. If two discs areinserted at the same time, the systemmay not operate properly.

l CD TEXT textual information cannotbe displayed by audio units other thanthe CD player/In-dash CD changer.(Only playback is possible.)

l The following player can play MP3files recorded in CD-ROM, CD-R, andCD-RW.· CD player· In-dash CD changer

l The CD player/In-dash CD changerejects the CD if the CD is insertedupside down. Also dirty and/ordefective CDs may be ejected.

l An 8 cm (3 in) CD can be played in theCD player.The In-dash CD changer is speciallymade for 12 cm (5 in) CDs.An 8 cm (3 in) CD can be played in theIn-dash CD changer if an 8 cm (3 in)CD adapter is used.If an 8 cm (3 in) CD adapter is notused, the In-dash CD changer may bedamaged. Always use a CD adapter.

l Do not insert cleaning discs in the CDplayer/In-dash CD changer.

l Do not insert any disc with a peel-offseal affixed to it.

l This unit may not be able to playcertain CD-R/CD-RWs made using acomputer or music CD recorder due todisc characteristics, scratches,smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust orcondensation on the lens inside theunit.

l Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed todirect sunlight or high temperature maydamage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and makethem unplayable.

l CD-R/CD-RWexceeding 700 MBcannot be played.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-21


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (206,1)

l This unit may not be able to playcertain discs made using a computerdue to the application (writingsoftware) setting used. (For details,consult the store where the applicationwas purchased.)

l It is possible that certain text data, suchas titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RWmay not be displayed when musicaldata (CD-DA) is playing.

l The period from when a CD-RW isinserted to when it begins playing islonger than a normal CD or CD-R.

l Completely read the instruction manualand cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.

l Do not use discs with cellophane tapeadhering, partially peeled off labels, oradhesive material exuding from theedges of the CD label. Also, do not usediscs with a commercially-availableCD-R label affixed. The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

qOperating tips for MP3

NOTESupply of this product only conveys a licensefor private, non-commercial use and does notconvey a license nor imply any right to use thisproduct in any commercial (i.e. revenue-generating) real time broadcasting (terrestrial,satellite, cable and/or any other media),broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,intranets and/or other networks or in otherelectronic content distribution systems, such aspay-audio or audio-on-demand applications.An independent license for such use isrequired. For details, please visithttp://www.mp3licensing.com.

l This audio system handles MP3 filesthat have been recorded on CD-R/CD-RW/CD-ROMs. Discs that have beenrecorded using the following formatscan be played:l ISO 9660 level 1l ISO 9660 level 2l Joliet extended formatl Romeo extended format

l This unit handles MP3 filesconforming to the MP3 formatcontaining both header frames and dataframes.

l This unit can play multi-sessionrecorded discs that have up to 40sessions.

l This unit can play MP3s with samplingfrequencies of 16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48kHz.

l This unit can play MP3 files that havebeen recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insureenjoyment of music with consistentsound quality, it is recommended to usediscs that have been recorded at a bitrate of 128 kbps or more.

l If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)and MP3 files, playback of the two filetypes differs depending on how thedisc was recorded.

l Packet written discs cannot be playedon this unit.

l This unit does not play CDs recordedusing MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.

6-22

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (207,1)

About folders and files

l The order of hierarchy for MP3 filesand folders during playback or otherfunctions is from shallow to deep. Thearrangement and playing order of arecorded disc containing MP3 files isas follows:l File number

A numerical file number is assignedto each file in a folder in the order ofhierarchy from shallow to deep.

l Folder numberA numerical folder number isassigned to each folder in the orderof hierarchy from shallow to deep.

NOTEFolders and tracks (files) within the samehierarchy play in the order they were written tothe disc depending on the write software.

05

06

0102

04

03

1

5

4

2

3

Folder No.

Level1 Level2 Level3 Level4

: Track (File): Folder

l The folder order is automaticallyassigned and this order cannot beoptionally set.

l Any folder without an MP3 file will beignored. (It will be skipped and thefolder number will not be displayed.)

l MP3 files not conforming to the MP3format containing both header framesand data frames will be skipped andnot played.

l This unit will play MP3 files that haveup to eight levels. However, the morelevels a disc has, the longer it will taketo initially start playing. It isrecommended to record discs with twolevels or less.

l A single disc with up to 512 files canbe played and a single folder with up to255 files can be played.

l When naming an MP3 file, be sure toadd an MP3 file extension (.mp3) afterthe file name.

l The maximum number of charactersthat can be used for file names is asfollows. However, this unit will onlydisplay up to 30 characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3).

Maximum number ofcharacters in a file name(including a separator “.”and the three letters of the

file extension)

ISO9660 level 1 12*

ISO9660 level 2 31*

Joliet extendedformat

64

Romeo extendedformat

128

* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) andunderbar “_” are available.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-23


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (208,1)

CAUTIONThis unit can only play MP3 files thathave an MP3 file extension (.mp3)attached. Do not attach an MP3 fileextension to any other type file as itcould cause noise to be emitted or amalfunction in the unit.

About ID3 Tag display

l This unit can only display ID3 Tagalbum, track and artist names that havebeen input using Ver.1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3formats. Any other data that may havebeen input cannot be displayed.

l This unit can only display English(including numerals) one-bytecharacters. Use only English (includingnumerals) one-byte characters wheninputting ID3 tags. Two-byte charactersand some special symbols cannot bedisplayed.

Specialized glossary

MP3

Abbreviation for “MPEG Audio Layer 3”.A technical standard for audiocompression as decided by an ISO(International Organization forStandardization) MPEG working group.Use of MP3 allows for audio data to becompressed to approximately a tenth ofthe source data size.

ISO 9660

An international standard for logicalformatting of CD-ROM files and folders.It is divided into three separate levelsbased on differences in file namingprocedures, data configuration and othercharacteristics.

Multi-session

A session is the complete amount of datarecorded from the beginning to the end ofa single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CD-RW data recording. Multi-session refers tothe existence of data from two or moresessions on a single disc.

Sampling

Refers to the process of encoding analogaudio data at regular intervals andconverting it to digital data. The samplingrate refers to the number of times asample is taken in one second and isexpressed in Hz units. Increasing thesampling rate improves the sound qualitybut also increases the data size.

Bit rate

Refers to the volume of data per second,expressed in bps (bits per second).Generally, the larger the number of thetransfer bit rate when compressing anMP3 file, the more information regardingmusical reproduction it carries, andtherefore the better the sound quality.

Packet writing

A general term for the method, similar tothat used for floppy discs or hard drives,of recording the required file in a singleincrement on a CD-R and similar.

ID3 Tag

ID3 tag is a method for storinginformation related to the music in anMP3 file. Information such as track, artistand album name can be stored. Thiscontent can be freely edited using ID3editing function software.

6-24

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (209,1)

VBR

Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. WhileCBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generallyused, VBR varies the bit rate for audiocompression according to compressionconditions and this allows forcompression with preference given tosound quality.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-25


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (210,1)

MEMO

6-26


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (211,1)

Audio SetAudio information is displayed on the information display.

Illustration is of a representative audio unit.

In-dash CD ChangerCD Player

Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-28Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-30Operating the Satellite Radio ................................................................................. page 6-32Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .............................................................. page 6-46Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-50Operating the Auxiliary jack .................................................................................. page 6-54Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-55

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-27


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (212,1)

qPower/Volume/Sound Controls

Audio control dialPower/Volume dial

Power ON/OFF

Turn the ignition switch to the ACC orON position.

Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.Press the power/volume dial again to turnthe audio system off.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the audio system on for a longperiod of time when the engine is not running.

Volume adjustment

To adjust the volume, turn the power/volume dial.

Turn the power/volume dial to the right toincrease volume, to the left to decrease it.

Audio sound adjustment

1. Press the audio control dial to select thefunction. The selected function will beindicated.

Depending on the mode selected, the indication changes.

6-28

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (213,1)

2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust theselected functions as follows:

Indication Turn Left Turn Right

Select mode

Decreasebass

Increasebass

Decreasetreble

Increasetreble

Shift thesound to the

front


rear


left


right

OFF ON

OFF ON

12Hr(Flashing)

24Hr(Flashing)

NOTEAbout 5 seconds after selecting any mode, thevolume function will be automatically selected.To reset bass, treble, fade, and balance, pressthe audio control dial for 2 seconds. The unitwill beep and “CLEAR” will be displayed.

Automatic Level Control (ALC)

The automatic level control is a featurethat automatically adjusts audio volumeand sound quality according to the vehiclespeed.The volume increases in accordance withthe increase in vehicle speed, anddecreases as vehicle speed decreases.

Select the desired ALC mode.

Mode Volume change

No change

Minimum

Medium

Maximum

Turn the audio control dial to select ALCOFF or ALC LEVEL1―3 modes. Theselected mode will be indicated.

BEEP setting

The beep-sound when operating the audiosystem can be set on or off.

ILLM EFT setting (Illumination settingduring operation)

The audio system illumination duringoperation can be set on or off.

Time adjustment

Rotating the audio control dial switchesthe display between 12 and 24-hour clocktime (page 6-66).

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-29


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (214,1)

qOperating the Radio

Channel preset buttons

Manual tuning dial/Auto memory button

Scan button

Band selector buttonsSeek tuning buttons

Radio ON

Press a band selector button ( ) toturn the radio on.

Band selection

Successively pressing the band selectorbutton ( ) switches the bands asfollows: FM1→FM2→AM.

The selected mode will be indicated. IfFM stereo is being received, “ST” will bedisplayed.

NOTEIf the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,reception automatically changes fromSTEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the“ST” indicator will go out.

Tuning

The radio has the following tuningmethods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Presetchannel, and Auto memory tuning. Theeasiest way to tune stations is to set themon preset channels.

NOTEIf the power supply is interrupted (fuse blowsor the battery is disconnected), the presetchannels will be erased.

Manual tuning

Turning the manual tuning dial willchange the frequency higher or lower.

Seek tuning

Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )will cause the tuner to seek a higher orlower frequency automatically.

6-30

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (215,1)

NOTEIf you continue to press and hold the button,the frequency will continue changing withoutstopping.

Scan tuning

Press the scan button ( ) toautomatically sample strong stations.Scanning stops at each station for about 5seconds. To hold a station, press the scanbutton ( ) again during this interval.

Preset channel tuning

The 6 preset channels can be used to store6 AM and 12 FM stations.

1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,or FM2. Tune to the desired station.

2. Depress a channel preset button forabout 2 seconds until a beep sound isheard. The preset channel number andstation frequency will be displayed.The station is now held in the memory.

3. Repeat this operation for the otherstations and bands you want to store.To tune one in the memory, select AM,FM1, or FM2 and then press itschannel preset button. The stationfrequency and the channel number willbe displayed.

NOTEIf the power supply is interrupted (fuse blowsor the battery is disconnected), the presetchannels will be erased.

Auto memory tuning

This is especially useful when driving inan area where the local stations are notknown. Additional AM/FM stations canbe stored without disturbing thepreviously set channels.

Press and hold the auto memory button( ) for about 2 seconds until a beepsound is heard; the system willautomatically scan and temporarily storeup to 6 stations with the strongestfrequencies in each selected band in thatarea.

After scanning is completed, the stationwith the strongest frequency will be tunedand its frequency displayed.Press and release the auto memory button( ) to recall stations from the auto-stored stations. One stored station will beselected each time; its frequency andchannel number will be displayed.

NOTEIf no stations can be tuned after scanningoperations, “A” will be displayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-31


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (216,1)

qOperating the Satellite Radioí

Seek tuning/Category buttons

Channel preset buttons

Manual tuning dial/Auto memory button/Electronic serial number button

Scan button

Band selector buttons

Satellite button

Instant replay button

Display feed dial

Information display

All operations of the satellite radio are displayed on the Information display.

Channel number, Channel name, Category name, Artist name, Song title, ID code, Preset channel number, Bank number, Error signs

6-32

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (217,1)

NOTEThis equipment has been tested and found tocomply with the limits for a Class B digitaldevice, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.These limits are designed to providereasonable protection against harmfulinterference in a residential installation. Thisequipment generates, uses, and can radiateradio frequency energy and, If not installedand used in accordance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radiocommunications. However, there is noguarantee that interference will not occur in aparticular installation. If this equipment doescause harmful interference to radio ortelevision reception, which can be determinedby turning the equipment off and on, the useris encouraged to try to correct the interferenceby one or more of the following measures:- Increase the separation between theequipment and tuner.- Connect the equipment into an outlet on acircuit different from that to which the tuner isconnected.- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

What is satellite radio?

SIRIUS is radio the way it was meant tobe: More than 100 new channels of digitalquality programming delivered to listenerscoast to coast via satellite. That meanschannels of completely commercial-freemusic plus more channels of news, sports,and entertainment from names likeCNBC, Discovery, SCI-FI Channel, A&E,House of Blues, E!, NPR, Speed visionand ESPN.SIRIUS is live, dynamic entertainment,completely focused on listeners. Everyminute of every day of every week will bedifferent. All commercial-free musicchannels are created in-house and hostedby DJs who know and love the music. Doyou like Reggae? How about ClassicRock or New Rock? SIRIUS has an arrayof choices spanning a vast range ofmusical tastes including the hits of the50's, 60's, 70's, & 80's as well as Jazz,Country, Blues, Pop, Rap, R&B,Bluegrass, Alternative, Classical, HeavyMetal, Dance and many others.From its state-of-the-art, digitalbroadcasting facility in RockefellerCenter, New York City, SIRIUS willdeliver the broadest, deepest mix of radioentertainment from coast to coast.SIRIUS will bring you music andentertainment programming that is simplynot available on traditional radio in anymarket across the country. It's radio likeyou've never heard before.Sign up for SIRIUS Radio today! Formore information, visit siriusradio.com.Satellite radio can be subscribed to andreceived in the United States. (ExceptAlaska and Hawaii) and Canada.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-33


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (218,1)

Selecting SIRIUS radio mode (Satellitebutton)

When the satellite button is pressed, it willplay the last selected SIRIUS channel.Every time the satellite button is pressed,the bank is changed over in the ordershown below.

SR2SR1 SR3

NOTESR1, SR2 and SR3: six stations can be storedin each bank for convenient access to yourfavorite stations.

Channel selection (Manual tuning dial)

Turning the manual tuning dial allows youto select the desired channel.l Turn the manual tuning dial clockwise:Channel Up

l Turn the manual tuning dialcounterclockwise: Channel Down

Preset channel programming (Channelpreset buttons or display button)

1. Channels can be programmed witheither a “channel number” or “text”display.

2. Press the display button to select thechannel number or desired text (e.g.channel name) display mode.

3. Select the desired channel to beprogrammed.

4. Hold down a channel preset button for1.5 seconds or more, and release whenthe beep is heard.

5. The programming process is completeafter the channel number or text blinks.

Preset channel call-up (Channel presetbuttons)

Press a channel preset button.

Category change (Category button)

Press the category button (UP or DOWN)and select the desired category.l Press the category button (UP):Category up

l Press the category button (DOWN):Category down

At this time, the lowest (smallest-number)channel within the category indicated isreceived.When the highest (or lowest) category isreached, the display of the category ischanged over in the order shown below.Highest category→Category all→Lowestcategory

NOTEWhile in “CATEGORYALL” mode, allchannels covering a category can be accessed(Category off condition).

Channel selection within a category(Manual tuning dial)

NOTEIf the category is not in “ALL”, turning themanual tuning dial moves the channel numberup/down in the present category.l Turn the knob clockwise: Channel Upl Turn the knob counterclockwise: Channel

Down

6-34

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (219,1)

Channel number, channel, category,artist, and song title display (Displaybutton, display feed dial)

Each time the display button is brieflypressed during SIRIUS reception, thedisplay of the text data changes in theorder shown below.

Channel number Channel name

Category name

Artist name

Info

Song title

NOTEl Eight characters can be displayed on 1

screen.l By turning the display feed dial

counterclockwise, it is possible to displaythe remaining part of the title one characterat a time each time the dial is rotated oneincrement.

How to subscribe to satellite radio

Once the system is installed you must firstsubscribe to the SIRIUS Radio service toactivate the system.The SIRIUS Radio service uses an IDcode to identify your radio. This code isneeded to subscribe to SIRIUS Radio, andif needed, is also used to report anyproblems should there be any in thefuture. Listeners can subscribe using anyof the following methods:l Visiting SIRIUS on the web at www.sirius.com

l Subscribing to SIRIUS customer care,available 24 hours a day, 7 days aweek.

l Calling (888) 539-7474l E-mail at: [email protected]

l Writing to: SATELLITE RADIO1221 Avenue of the AmericasNew York, NY 10020Attention: Customer Care

Customers should have their SIRIUSRadio ID Electronic Serial Number(ESN#) ready.

NOTEYour ESN# should have been recorded at thetime of installation. If not, refer to“DISPLAYING THE SIRIUS ID (ESN)” toretrieve your ESN#.

Satellite radio activation

For activation and subscriptioninformation call toll-free at 1-888-539-SIRI (7474). A SIRIUS Customer Carerepresentative will take the necessaryinformation and walk you through theactivation process. Or you can visitSIRIUS online at WWW.siriusradio.comand click on the “Join” button.When you call the SIRIUS CustomersCare number you have two optionsavailable.(1) The full package which allows you

access to all SIRIUS content exceptpay- per-view.

(2) The family package which allowsaccess to certain channels. Please seethe website: www.sirius.com fordetails.

Please have the following informationready when attempting to activate yourservice:l SIRIUS ID (ESN*)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-35


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (220,1)

l Valid credit card information (type,number, expiration date)

When you are ready to receive the on-airactivation signals you will be instructed(for activation via phone) to turn on yourtuner, have the antenna pointed skyward,and to set the channel to channel 184.Once the signal is sent from the nationalstudio it may take up to 10 minutes to bereceived by your unit.

NOTEOn-air activation is completed after theprocedure, in most cases from 10 seconds to10 minutes.

*ESN: Electronic Serial Number

SIRIUS operation

All operations of the satellite radio areconducted by means of the audio unit.

SIRIUS radio mode selection

When the satellite button is pressed duringACC ON, it will play the last SIRIUSchannel in use before the mode wasswitched over to another mode or thepower was turned off.When the satellite button is pressed in amode other than the SIRIUS mode, thelast channel in use will be received.

Every time the satellite button is pressed,the bank changes in the order shownbelow.

SR2SR1 SR3

NOTESR1, SR2 and SR3: 6 stations can be stored ineach bank for convenient access to yourfavorite stations.

Operation in the initial state

It may take some time to start up theequipment when it is in the initial state,when there is a change in the user'ssubscription condition, or when theSIRIUS channel map is changed.“UPDATING xx%” is displayed when theSIRIUS channel map is changed. If theunit is initialized or the user contractcontent is changed, “UPDATING” isdisplayed. Updating could take as long as3 minutes depending on the geographicalarea. When the unit is in an initializedstate, channel 184 is displayed after thedisplay indicates “UPDATING 100%”. Ifthe SIRIUS channel map or the usercontract content is changed, the channelprior to the change is displayed after“UPDATING” is displayed. After theinitialization display, it may take as longas 12 seconds to receive channel 184.

6-36

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (221,1)

When the SIRIUS mode is switched toanother mode, or when the power isturned off, the present channel which isbeing received is stored as the lastchannel.

Channel selection

Turning the manual tuning dial allows youto select the desired receiving channel.l Turn the knob clockwise: Channel Upl Turn the knob counterclockwise:Channel Down

Unsubscribed channel

When a selected station has not beensubscribed to, the display indicates thefollowing:[CALL + 888] and [539 + SIRI] (Flashesalternately)

NOTEWhen the subscription contract is canceled, allof the channels including channel 184 appearas unsubscribed.

Invalid channel

When a selected channel is notbroadcasting, [SR + (bank number) +INVALID] is displayed for 1 second,followed by [SR + (bank number) +CHANNEL], which is also displayed for1 second. The display then returns to theprevious valid channel.

NOTEIf the last channel selected has becomeunavailable because of a channel update theabove indication is displayed until any buttonis pressed.

Preset channel programming

(Programming with “channel number”display)

1. Press the display button to select thechannel number display mode.Select the desired channel to beprogrammed. At this point, thefollowing is displayed:[SR + (bank number) + (channelnumber)]

2. Keep pressing the channel presetbutton for 1.5 seconds or more.The programming process is completeafter the channel number flashes. Then,[SR + (bank number)] is displayed anda beep sound is heard at the same time.

3. [SR + (bank number) + CH + (presetnumber) + (channel number)] aredisplayed.

(Programming with “text” display (e.g.channel name))

1. Press the display button to select thedesired text display mode (e.g. channelname).Select the desired channel to beprogrammed. At this point, thefollowing is displayed:[SR + (bank number) + (selected text(e.g. channel name))]

2. Keep pressing the channel presetbutton for 1.5 seconds or more.The programming process is completeafter the text (e.g. channel name)flashes. Then, [SR + (bank number)] isdisplayed and you will hear beep soundat the same time.

3. SR + (bank number) + CH + (presetnumber) + (channel number)] aredisplayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-37


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (222,1)

4. Three seconds later, it returns to normaldisplay. [SR + (bank number) + (text(e.g. channel name))]

NOTESix stations can be stored in each bank, SR1,SR2, and SR3 for convenient access to yourfavorite stations.

Preset channel call-up

Press and release the channel presetbutton,[SR + (bank number) + CH + (presetnumber) + (channel number)] appears.When the preset button is pressed duringtext mode, its channel number isdisplayed first for 3 second and then itstext is displayed.

NOTEIn the initial setting, all channels are preset to184.

Category change

Press the category button (UP or DOWN)and select the desired category.l Press the category button (UP):Category up

l Press the category button (DOWN):Category down

Every time the category (UP) button ispressed for 1.5 second or less, thecategory is changed over in the ordershown below.At this time, the lowest (smallest-number)channel within the category indicated isreceived.When the highest (or lowest) category isreached, the category is changed over inthe order shown below.Highest category→Category all→Lowestcategory

NOTEWhile in “CATEGORYALL” mode, allchannels covering a category can be accessed(Category off condition).

Channel selection within a category

If category is not in “ALL” and thechannel number is displayed, turning themanual tuning dial moves the channelnumber up/down in the present category.l Turn the manual tuning dial clockwise:Channel Up

l Turn the manual tuning dialcounterclockwise: Channel Down

NOTEThe channel number needs to be indicated inthe display to use manual tuning dial for thisfunction.

Channel number, channel name,category, artist, song titles and infodisplay

Each time the display button is brieflypressed during SIRIUS reception, thedisplay of the text data is changed over inthe order shown below.

Channel number Channel name

Category name

Artist name

Info

Song title

6-38

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (223,1)

NOTEl Eight characters are displayed on 1 screen.l By turning the display feed dial

counterclockwise, it is possible to displaythe remaining part of the title one characterat a time each time the display feed dial isrotated one increment counterclockwise.

(Channel number display)l When the display button is brieflypressed while in info display mode, themode changes to the channel numberdisplay mode.

(Channel name display)l When the display button is brieflypressed while in channel numberdisplay mode, it changes to channelname display mode.

l There are short (8 fixed characters) andlong names for the channel name.

l The long name is displayed first, and 3seconds later the short name isdisplayed. If there is no short name, thelong name is displayed.

l If there are more than 8 characters inthe channel name, it is possible todisplay the remaining part of thechannel name one character at a timeeach time the display feed dial isrotated one increment clockwise.

l While the short name is displayed,turning the display feed dial switchesthe display to the long name.

l Three seconds after scrolling the longname, the display automatically returnsto the first part of the long name. Threemore seconds and the short nameappears.

l If there is no channel name,“No TITLE” is displayed.

(Category name display)l When the display button is brieflypressed while in channel name displaymode, it changes to the category namedisplay mode.

l There are short (8 fixed characters) andlong names for the category name.

l The long name is displayed first, and 3seconds later the short name isdisplayed. If there is no short name, thelong name is displayed.

l If there are more than 8 characters inthe category name, it is possible todisplay the remaining part of thecategory name one character at a timeeach time the display feed dial isrotated one increment clockwise.

l While the short name is displayed,turning the display feed dial switchesthe display to the long name.

l Three seconds after scrolling the longname, the display automatically returnsto display the first part of the longname. Three more seconds and theshort name appears.

l If there is no category name,“No CATEGORY” is displayed.

(Artist name display)l When the display button is brieflypressed while in category name displaymode, it changes to the artist namedisplay mode.

l If there are more than 8 characters inthe artist's name, it is possible todisplay the remaining part of the artistname one character at a time each timethe display feed dial is rotated oneincrement clockwise.

l Three seconds after scrolling the artistname, the display automatically returnto display the first part of the artist'sname.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-39


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (224,1)

l If there is no artist's name,“No ARTIST” is displayed.

(Song title display)l When the display button is brieflypressed while in artist name displaymode, it changes to the song titledisplay mode.

l If there are more than 8 characters inthe song title, it is possible to displaythe remaining part of the song title onecharacter at a time each time thedisplay feed dial is rotated oneincrement clockwise.

l Three more seconds after scrolling thesong title, the display automaticallyreturns to display the first part of thesong title.

l If there is no song title, “No SONG” isdisplayed.

(INFO (such as composer's name)display)l When the display button is brieflypressed while in song title displaymode, it changes to the INFO displaymode.

l If there are more than 8 characters inthe composer's name, it is possible todisplay the remaining part of the nameone character at a time each time thedisplay feed dial is rotated oneincrement clockwise.

l Three seconds after scrolling the text,the display automatically returns todisplay the first part of the text.

l If there is no composer name,“No INFO” is displayed.

Instant replay

This function allows you to rewind andreplay the program that you werepreviously or are currently listening to.Press the instant replay button.

When the category button (DOWN) isbriefly pressed (about 0.5 seconds),playback starts from the beginning of thecurrent program.When the category button (DOWN) ispressed twice, playback starts from thebeginning of the previous program.When the category button (DOWN) ispressed for about 0.5 seconds or longer,the program is reversed while the buttonis being pressed.When the category button (UP) is brieflypressed (about 0.5 seconds), playbackstarts from the beginning of the nextprogram. When the category button (UP)is briefly pressed (about 0.5 seconds)while the last program is being played, theinstant replay mode is cancelled.When the category button (UP) is pressedfor 0.5 seconds or longer, the program isfast-forwarded while the button is beingpressed. When pressing and holding thebutton until the end of the program, theinstant replay mode is cancelled.When the instant replay button is pressedagain, playback is temporarily stopped, orplayback starts if it has been temporarilystopped.Instant replay (PAUSE)If the instant replay button is pressedwhile the instant replay mode is off,instant replay mode is turned on in apaused condition (PAUSE). Press theinstant replay button again to resumeplayback from the point at which it waspaused.

NOTEl If the channel is changed, the instant replay

buffer data is deleted.l After turning on the power and switching to

SIRIUS digital satellite radio mode, theinstant replay mode is not available forseveral seconds after changing channels.

6-40

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (225,1)

(How to cancel the instant replay)l Turn off the ACC or POWER.l Press any one of the following buttons:FM/AM, CD, MEDIA, SAT, SEEK/CAT/TRACK, or a channel presetbutton.

l Insert or play a CD.

Displaying the SIRIUS ID (ESN)

When the ESN button is pressed for 1.5seconds or longer, a 12-digit ElectronicSerial Number (ESN) for the SIRIUStuner is displayed.

[SR + (bank number) + (first 8 digits ofSIRIUS ID (ESN))] are displayed.The 4 digits following the first 8 digits aredisplayed by turning the display feed dialclockwise.While the last 4 digits of the 12-digitSIRIUS ID (ESN) are displayed, turningthe display feed dial displays the first 8digits of SIRIUS ID (ESN).

(How to clear the message)l Turn off the ACC.l Turn off the POWER.l Press any one of the following buttons:FM/AM, CD, MEDIA, SAT, ESN/DISP, CAT, SCAN, Instant replay, or achannel preset button.

l Insert or play a CD.

(If the SIRIUS ID (ESN) for the tunerdoes not display)If “ESN + FAIL” is displayed afterpressing the ESN button for 1.5 secondsor longer, contact an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Initialization of ID code

If the registered ID code is forgotten,return the ID code to the default [0000] byperforming the following steps:Setting condition: SAT mode

(Master code input preparation)

1. Hold the scan button, then presschannel preset button 4, hold bothbuttons together for 1.5 seconds.

2. “ENTER PIN” appears for 2 secondswhich indicates that it is in code inputmode.

3. “SR1 - - - -” appears, which indicatesthat it is ready for code input.

(Master code input)

4. Input the master code using the channelpreset buttons 1-4.Press the scan button inputting thecode.(The master code is already set at thetime of factory shipment.)

(Master code input determination)

5. Determine the master code which hasbeen input by pressing the scan buttonbriefly.

6. “PIN CLEARED” appears whichindicates that the master code input hasbeen completed.

7. The ID code is set to the default [0000]and the initialization process iscompleted.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-41


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (226,1)

NOTEMaster code:The Master Code is used to initialize or re-initialize the ID code in the event that the codeis not set to [0000] and/or the personalized IDcode is not known. The initialization processresets the ID code to [0000]. The master codecan potentially defeat the intent of the securityof the parental lock if it is located by personsnot authorized by the owner to access certainchannels.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code: [0913]

(How to clear the message)l Press any of the following FM/AM,SAT, CD, MEDIA, CAT, ESN/DISP,Instant replay, POWER buttons.

l Turn the ACC off or insert a CD.l Change a channel.

NOTEl When a numeric value other than the

master code is input and the scan button ispressed, “SR1 Err” is displayed and then itreturns to the “SR1 - - - -” display again.

l If an ID code is not input for 10 seconds,“Err” is displayed and it returns to theformer display.

l Channel preset buttons 1, 2, 3, 4 and thescan button are used for inputting the IDcode. Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used.

Change of ID code

Setting condition: SAT modeWhen changing the ID code, the new IDcode is input after the previous one isinput first.

(Registered ID code input)




4. Input the registered ID code usingchannel preset buttons 1-4. Then pressthe scan button.Example: When the registered ID codeis “2323”, input “2323”. At this time“SR1 2323” is displayed.Press 1 for the first digit, 2 for thesecond, 3 for the third, and 4 for thelast digit. For example, if your numberis 2323, press 1 three times, 2 fourtimes, 3 three, and 4 four times. If thedisplay goes off while inputting, beginfrom Step 1.

NOTEThe registered ID code is the default [0000] atthe time of factory shipment. If [0000] resultsin “Err” on the display, go to the“INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE” section toreset to [0000].

(Verification with the registered IDcode)

5. Determine the input code by pressingthe scan button briefly.

6. If it does not match with the previouslyregistered code, “SR1 Err” is displayedand then it returns to “SR1 - - - -”.

7. If it matches with the previouslyregistered code, “ENTER PIN” appearsagain and it switches to code inputmode.

8. “SR1 - - - -” appears, and it is ready forinput of the new ID code.

6-42

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (227,1)

(New ID code input)

9. Input the new ID code using channelpreset buttons 1-4.Example: If “1234” is input as the newcode, “SR1 1234” is displayed.Press the scan button after the code isinput.

(New ID code input determination)

10. Determine the new ID code whichhas been input by pressing the scanbutton briefly.

11. “PIN CHANGED” appears for 3seconds which indicates that the newID code input has been completed.

12. It returns to the former display.



NOTEl If an ID code is not input for 10 seconds,

“Err” is displayed and it returns to theformer display.

l Channel preset buttons 1, 2, 3, 4 and thescan button are used for input of the IDcode. Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used.

Individual channel locking

If a channel is locked, the channel ismuted.

NOTEIf the registered ID code is forgotten, returnthe ID code to the default [0000]. (See“INTIALIZATION OF ID CODE” section)

(Locking a channel)

1. Select a channel to be locked bypressing the category button. Example:Select channel 100

(Registered ID code input preparation)



4. “SR1 - - - -” appears which indicatesthat it is ready for code input.


5. Input the registered ID code usingchannel preset buttons 1-4. Example: Ifthe registered ID code is “2323”, input“2323”. At this time “SR1 2323” isdisplayed. Press the scan button afterthe code is input.

(Registered ID code inputdetermination)

6. Determine the code which has beeninput by pressing the scan buttonbriefly.

7. If it does not match the registered code,“SR1 Err” is displayed and then itreturns to “SR1 - - - -”.

8. If it matches the registered code,“SR1 LOCK” appears for 3 secondswhich indicates that the code input hasbeen completed.

9. “SR1 LOCK 100” appears whichindicates that the parental lock isactivated. At this time, mute is on andno sound is heard.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-43


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (228,1)






Lock cancellation

Setting condition: SAT mode

(Releasing a locked channel)

1. Select a channel to be released bypressing the category button. Example:Select the locked channel (i.e. 100). Atthis time, “SR1 LOCK 100” isdisplayed.

(Registered ID code input preparation)





5. Input the registered ID code usingchannel preset buttons 1-4. Example:When the registered ID code is “2323”,input “2323”. At this time “SR1 2323”is displayed. Press the scan button afterthe code is input.

NOTEIf “Err” is displayed, go to the“INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE” section toreset the ID code to [0000].

(Registered ID code inputdetermination)

6. Determine the input code by pressingthe scan button briefly.

7. If it does not match the registered code,“SR1 Err” is displayed and then itreturns to “SR1 - - - -”.

8. If it matches the registered code,“SR1 UNLOCK” appears for 3seconds which indicates that the codeinput has been completed.

9. “SR1 100” appears which indicates thatthe parental lock is off. At this time,sound is heard.






6-44

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (229,1)

Error signs

(1) Depending on the surroundingconditions (such as large trees,buildings, or tunnels) and specialweather conditions, the reception ofSIRIUS radio waves may bedecreased or temporarily interrupted.“ACQUIRING SIGNAL” mayappear.

(2) In case of an antenna malfunction,“ANTENNA FAIL” is displayed.Check the satellite radio antenna (typeB), antenna cable and DLP antennaconnector.

NOTEIf a broken DLP* unit is replaced with a newunit, cancel the license for the broken unit andmake sure to carry out new registration for thereplaced unit. If the license for the broken unitis not canceled, you will be charged areception fee for both units.

* DLP: Down Link Processor(SATELLITE RADIO Module)

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-45


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (230,1)

qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Player

Load button

Scan button

Repeat button

CD slot

CD play button CD eject button

Random button

Folder up button

Folder down button

Display button

Fast-forward/Track up button

Reverse/Track down button

Display feed dial

Type Playable data

Music/MP3 CD player· Music data (CD-DA)· MP3 file

NOTEIf a disc has both music data (CD-DA) andMP3 files, playback of the two file types differsdepending on how the disc was recorded.

Inserting the CD

Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.The auto-loading mechanism will set theCD and begin play.

NOTEThere will be a short lapse before play beginswhile the player reads the digital signals onthe CD.

Ejecting the CD

Press the CD eject button ( ) to eject theCD.

Playback

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If a CD is not in the unit when the CDplay button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”will flash on and off.

NOTEWhen the load button ( ) is pressed, theCD will load and play even if the CD ejectbutton ( ) had been previously pressed.

6-46

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (231,1)

Fast-forward/Reverse

Press and hold the fast-forward button( ) to advance through a track at highspeed.Press and hold the reverse button ( ) toreverse through a track at high speed.

Track search

Press the track up button ( ) once to skipforward to the beginning of the next track.Press the track down button ( ) once toskip back to the beginning of the currenttrack.

Folder search (during MP3 CDplayback)

To change to the previous folder, press thefolder down button ( ), or press thefolder up button ( ) to advance tothe next folder.

Music scan

This feature helps to find a program byplaying about the first 10 seconds of eachtrack.

Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation(the track number will flash).Press the scan button ( ) again tocancel scan playback.

NOTEIf the unit is left in scan, normal playback willresume where scan was selected.

Repeat playback

During music CD playback

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therepeat playback.

During MP3 CD playback

(Track repeat)


2. To cancel the repeat playback, press thebutton again after 3 seconds.

(Folder repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks in the current folder repeatedly.“RPT” is displayed.


Random playback

Tracks are randomly selected and played.


1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks on the CDrandomly. “RDM” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therandom playback.


(Folder random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the folderrandomly. “RDM” is displayed.

2. To cancel the random playback, pressthe button again after 3 seconds.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-47


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (232,1)

(CD random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks on the CD randomly. “RDM” isdisplayed.


Switching the display

For files with a file name or other namethat have been input, the display changesin the order of the file names or othernames each time the display button ( )is pressed during playback.Music CD

Track number/Elapsed time display

File name display

Album name display

Artist name display

MP3 CD

Folder number/Track number

File number/Elapsed time display

File name

Folder name

Album name (ID3 Tag)

Song name (ID3 Tag)

Artist name (ID3 Tag)

NOTE(MP3 CD)This unit can only read English (includingnumerals) one-byte characters. Depending onthe CD writing software used, proper displaymay not be possible.

Display scroll

Only 12 characters can be displayed atone time. To display the rest of thecharacters of a long title, turn the displayfeed dial ( ) to the right. Hiddentitles can be scrolled into the display onecharacter at a time.

NOTEThe displayable number of characters islimited. If the number of characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3), exceeds 32characters, it may not be fully displayed.

6-48

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (233,1)

Message display

If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it meansthat there is some CD malfunction. Checkthe CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, andthen properly reinsert. If the messageappears again, take the unit to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer for service.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-49


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (234,1)

qOperating the In-Dash CD Changer

Disc up/Folder up button

Disc down/Folder down button

Load button

Scan button

Repeat button

CD slot

CD eject buttonCD play button

Display button

Random button

Channel preset buttonsFast-forward/Track up button

Reverse/Track down button

Display feed dial

Type Playable data

Music/MP3 CD player·Music data (CD-DA)·MP3 file

NOTEIf a disc has both music data (CD-DA) andMP3 files, playback of the two file types differsdepending on how the disc was recorded.

Inserting the CD

The CD must be label-side up wheninserting. The auto-loading mechanismwill set the CD and begin play.The disc number and the track numberwill be displayed.

NOTEThe CD will begin playback automaticallyafter insertion.A CD cannot be inserted while the displayreads “WAIT”. A beeping sound can be heardduring this waiting time.There will be a short lapse before play beginswhile the player reads the digital signals onthe CD.

Normal insertion

1. Press the load button ( ).

2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.

Inserting CDs into desired tray number

1. Press and hold the load button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.

6-50

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (235,1)

2. Press the channel preset button for thedesired tray number while “WAIT” isdisplayed.


NOTEThe CD cannot be inserted to the desired traynumber if the number is already occupied.

Multiple insertion

1. Press and hold the load button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.


3. When “IN” is displayed again, insertthe next CD.

NOTEThe first-inserted CD will be playedautomatically when:l No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds

after “IN” is displayed.l The CD trays are full.

Displaying the CD-inserted traynumber

The tray number is displayed for 5seconds when the display button ( ) ispressed while the disc number/filenumber/elapsed time is displayed in theinformation display.

Ejecting the CD

Normal ejection

1. Press the CD eject button ( ). Thedisc number and “DISC OUT” will bedisplayed.

2. Pull out the CD.

NOTEWhen the CD is ejected during play, the nextCD will be played automatically.

Ejecting CDs from desired tray number

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.The “DISC OUT” display flashes.

2. Press the channel preset button for thedesired CD number for less than 5seconds after the beep sound is heard.

3. Pull out the CD.

Multiple ejection

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.The “DISC OUT” display flashes.

2. Press the CD eject button ( ) againfor less than 5 seconds after the beepsound is heard.

NOTEIf the button is not pressed and about 5seconds have elapsed while “DISC OUT” isflashing, CDs are automatically ejected.

3. Pull out the CD, then the next CD willbe ejected.

NOTEl CDs will be ejected starting with the one

with the lowest number.l All CDs in the tray will be ejected

continuously.l CDs can be ejected when the ignition

switch is off. Press and hold the CD ejectbutton ( ) for about 2 seconds and allCDs will eject.

Playback

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If a CD is not in the unit when the CDplay button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”will flash on and off.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-51


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (236,1)

Fast-forward/Reverse

Press and hold the fast-forward button( ) to advance through a track at highspeed.Press and hold the reverse button ( ) toreverse through a track at high speed.

Track search

Press the track up button ( ) once to skipforward to the beginning of the next track.Press the track down button ( ) once toskip back to the beginning of the currenttrack.

Disc search


To change the disc, press the DISC button( or ) during playback.


To change the disc, press the DISC button( or ) for 1.5 seconds ormore during playback.

Folder search (during MP3 CDplayback)

To change to the previous folder, press thefolder down button ( ) for less than1.5 seconds, or press the folder up button( ) for less than 1.5 seconds toadvance to the next folder.

Music scan

This feature helps to find a program byplaying about the first 10 seconds of eachtrack.

Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation(the track number will flash).Press the scan button ( ) again tocancel scan playback.

NOTEIf the unit is left in scan, normal playback willresume where scan was selected.

Repeat playback





(Track repeat)


2. To cancel the repeat playback, press thebutton again after 3 seconds.

(Folder repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks in the current folder repeatedly.“RPT” is displayed.


Random playback

Tracks are randomly selected and played.


1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the CDrandomly. “RDM” is displayed.


6-52

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (237,1)


(Folder random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the folderrandomly. “RDM” is displayed.

2. To cancel the random playback, pressthe button again after 3 seconds.

(CD random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks on the CD randomly. “RDM” isdisplayed.


Switching the display

For files with a file name or other namethat have been input, the display changesin the order of the file names or othernames each time the display button ( )is pressed during playback.Music CD

Disc number/Track number/Elapsed time display

Disc tray number

File name display

Album name display

Artist name display

MP3 CD

Disc number/Folder number/Track number

Disc number/File number/Elapsed time display

Disc tray number

File name

Folder name

Album name (ID3 Tag)

Song name (ID3 Tag)

Artist name (ID3 Tag)

NOTE(MP3 CD)This unit can only read English (includingnumerals) one-byte characters. Depending onthe CD writing software used, proper displaymay not be possible.

Display scroll

Only 12 characters can be displayed atone time. To display the rest of thecharacters of a long title, turn the displayfeed dial ( ) to the right. Hiddentitles can be scrolled into the display onecharacter at a time.

NOTEThe displayable number of characters islimited. If the number of characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3), exceeds 32characters, it may not be fully displayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-53


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (238,1)

Message display

If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it meansthat there is some CD malfunction. Checkthe CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, andthen properly reinsert. If the messageappears again, take the unit to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer for service.

qOperating the Auxiliary jack

You can connect portable audio units orsimilar products on the market to theauxiliary jack to listen to music or audioover the vehicle's speakers, refer toAuxiliary Input (page 6-58).

6-54

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (239,1)

qError Indications

If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clearthe error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Indication Cause Solution

CHECK CD

CD is inserted upside downInsert the CD properly. If the error indicationdoes not disappear, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer

CD is defectiveInsert another CD properly. If the error indicationdoes not disappear, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-55


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (240,1)

Audio Control SwitchOperation (Steering Wheel)í

When the audio unit is turned on,operation of the audio unit from thesteering wheel is possible.

NOTEBecause the audio unit will be turned off underthe following conditions, the switches will beinoperable.l When the ignition switch is turned to the

LOCK position.l When the power button on the audio unit is

pressed and the audio unit is turned off.l When the CD being played is ejected and

the audio unit is turned off.

NOTEMazda has installed this system to preventdistraction while driving the vehicle and usingaudio controls on the dashboard.Always make safe driving your first priority.

qAdjusting the Volume

To increase the volume, press the volumebutton ( ).

To decrease the volume, press the volumebutton ( ).

qChanging the Source

Press the mode switch ( ) to changethe audio source (FM1 radio> FM2 radio>AM radio> CD player or CD changer>SIRIUS1> SIRIUS2> SIRIUS3> AUX>cyclical).

6-56

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (241,1)

NOTECD, CD changer and SIRIUS digital satelliteradio modes cannot be selected in thefollowing cases:· CD, CD changer, or SIRIUS digital satelliteradio unit is not equipped on the audiosystem.

· CD has not been inserted.Connect a portable audio unit or similarproduct on the market to the auxiliary jack tolisten to music or audio over the vehicle'sspeakers. Change the audio source to AUXmode (page 6-58).

qSeek Switch

When listening to the radio or SIRIUSdigital satellite radio

Press the seek switch ( , ), the radioswitches to the next/previous storedstation in the order that it was stored(1―6).

Press the seek switch ( , ) for about 2seconds until a beep sound is heard toseek all usable stations at a higher orlower frequency whether programmed ornot.

When playing a CD

Press the seek switch ( ) to skip to thenext track.Press the seek switch ( ) to repeat thecurrent track.

qMute Switch

Press the mute switch ( ) once to muteaudio, press it again to resume audiooutput.

NOTEIf the ignition switch is turned to the LOCKposition with the audio muted, the mute will becanceled.Therefore, when the engine is restarted, theaudio is not muted. To mute the audio again,press the mute switch ( ).

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-57


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (242,1)

AUX Mode (Auxiliary input)You can connect portable audio units orsimilar products on the market to theauxiliary jack to listen to music or audioover the vehicle's speakers.

Auxiliary jack

WARNINGDo not adjust the portable audio unitor a similar product while driving thevehicle:

Adjusting the portable audio unit ora similar product while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from thevehicle operation which could lead toa serious accident. Always adjust theportable audio unit or a similarproduct while the vehicle is stopped.

CAUTIONØ Close the cover when the auxiliary

jack is not in use to preventforeign objects and liquids frompenetrating the auxiliary jack.

Ø Noise may occur during playbackif the accessory socket equippedon the vehicle is used. (If noiseoccurs, do not use the accessorysocket.)

NOTEl Before using the auxiliary jack, read the

manufacturer's instructions for the productbeing connected.

l Use a commercially-available, non-impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plug forconnecting the portable audio unit to theauxiliary jack. Before using the auxiliaryjack, read the manufacture's instructionsfor connecting a portable audio unit to theauxiliary jack.

l To prevent discharging of the battery, donot use the auxiliary input for long periodswith the engine off or idling.

l Noise may occur depending on the productconnected to the auxiliary jack.

l With regard to connecting a portable audioor similar device to a power source, use thebattery for the device, not the accessorysocket.

Connecting the auxiliary jack

When placing portable audio units orsimilar products in the tray whileconnected to the auxiliary jack, pass theconnection plug cord through the slot inthe cap.

Cap slot, closed

Cap slot, opened

1. Open the console lid by pulling theupper release catch.

2. Remove the tray mat.

6-58

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (243,1)

3. Using a coin, turn the capcounterclockwise (about 45° from theclosed position) and remove it.

NOTEDo NOT discard the cap.

4. Open the tray by pulling the lowerrelease catch.

5. Pass the connection plug cord throughthe hole of the tray and insert the plugin the auxiliary jack.

Plug

WARNINGDo not allow the connection plug cordto get tangled with the parking brakeor the shift lever:

Allowing the plug cord to becometangled with the parking brake orthe shift lever is dangerous as itcould interfere with driving, resultingin an accident.

CAUTIONDo not place objects or apply force tothe auxiliary jack with the plugconnected.

NOTEl Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack

securely.l Insert or remove the plug with the plug

perpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole.l Insert or remove the plug by holding its

base.

6. Make sure the connection plug cord isrunning through the cap slot; reinstallthe cap and turn it clockwise (about45° to the opened position).

Connection plug cord

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-59


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (244,1)

7. Pass the connection plug cord throughthe slit in the tray mat and then set thetray mat in place.

To operate the portable audio unit

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC orON position.

2. Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.

3. Press the MEDIA button ( ) ofthe audio unit or the mode switch( ) of the audio control switch tochange to the AUX mode.

NOTEl Set the volume of the portable audio unit to

the maximum within the range that thesound does not become distorted, thenadjust the volume using the power/volumedial of the audio unit or the volume button( , ) of the audio control switch.

l If the connection plug is pulled out from theauxiliary jack while in AUX mode, noisemay occur.

6-60

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (245,1)

Safety CertificationThis CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCCrequirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services.

CAUTIONØ This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified

service personnel.If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Ø Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than thosespecified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CDplayer with the top case of the unit removed.

Ø Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

NOTEFor CD player section:This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTEThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protectionagainst harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and canradiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-61


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (246,1)

SunvisorsWhen you need a sunvisor, lower it foruse in front or swing it to the side.

Sunvisor

qVanity Mirrorsí

To use the vanity mirror, lower thesunvisor.If your vehicle is equipped with a vanitymirror light, it will illuminate when youopen the cover.

Interior Lights

qIlluminated Entry Systemí

When the illuminated entry systemoperates, the overhead light (switch is inthe DOOR position) turns on for:l About 30 seconds after the driver'sdoor is unlocked and the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK position (withthe ignition key removed).

l About 15 seconds after all doors areclosed.

l About 15 seconds after the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK position (withthe ignition key removed) with alldoors closed.

The light also turns off when:l The ignition switch is turned to the ONposition and all doors are closed.

l The driver's door is locked.

NOTEBattery saverIf any door is left opened, the light goes outafter about 30 minutes to save the battery.The light turns on again when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position, or whenany door is opened after all doors have beenclosed.

6-62

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Interior Equipment


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (247,1)

qOverhead Lightsí

Front

Switch Position Front Overhead Lights

Light off

l Light is on when any door isopen

l (With illuminated entrysystem)Light is on or off when theilluminated entry system ison

Rear

SwitchPosition

Rear Overhead Lights

Light off

Light is on when any door is open

(With illuminated entry system)Light is on or off when theilluminated entry system is on

Light on

qMap Lightsí

The map lights are switched on or off bypressing the switches.

Switches

qLuggage Compartment Light (5Door)

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-63íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (248,1)

SwitchPosition

Luggage Compartment Light

Light off

Light on when the liftgate is open

6-64

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (249,1)

Information Display

With trip computer

Without trip computer

Trip computer/Clock Audio displayClimate control display/Ambient temperature display

qInformation Display Functions

The information display has the following functions:l Clockl Ambient Temperature Display (Outside Temperature Display)í

l Climate Control Display (Fully Automatic Type Air Conditioning System)l Audio Displayl Trip Computerí

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-65íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (250,1)

qClock

NOTEWhen the trip computer is displayed, press theCLOCK button to change the display to thetime.

When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the time is displayed.

Time setting

1. Press the CLOCK button until the beepsounds and the displayed time flashes.

2. Press the H button to set the hour.

3. Press the M button to set the minutes,then press the CLOCK button.

Time resetting

1. Press the CLOCK button until the beepsounds and the displayed time flashes.

2. Press the: 00 button. When the buttonis pressed, the beep sounds and theclock resets as follows:

(Example)12:01―12:29→12:0012:30―12:59→1:00

NOTEl When the: 00 button is pressed, the seconds

are reset to 00.l Trip computer-equipped vehicles do not

have a reset function.

Switching between 12 and 24-hourclock time

1. Press the audio control dial severaltimes until 12Hr and 24Hr clock timeare displayed.

2. Turn the audio control dial in eitherdirection, select the desired clocksetting, and then press the audiocontrol dial. Press the dial while thepreferred clock time is flashing.

qAmbient Temperature Displayí

With fully automatic type airconditioner

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, press the AMB switch (page6-11) on the air conditioner control panelto display the ambient temperature.Press the AMB switch again to switch thedisplay from ambient temperature to thetemperature set for the air conditioner.

6-66

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Interior Equipment


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (251,1)

Without fully automatic type airconditioner

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the ambient temperature isdisplayed.

NOTEl Under the following conditions, the ambient

temperature display may differ from theactual ambient temperature depending onthe surroundings and vehicle conditions:l Significantly cold or hot temperatures.l Sudden changes in ambient temperature.l The vehicle is parked.l The vehicle is driven at low speeds.

l Press the Power/volume switch and MEDIAbutton (page 6-28) simultaneously for 5seconds or more to switch the display fromFahrenheit to Centigrade or vice versa.

qClimate Control Display (FullyAutomatic Type)

The climate control system status isdisplayed. To operate the climate controlsystem, refer to “Climate Control System”(page 6-2).

qAudio Display

The audio system status is displayed. Tooperate the audio system, refer to“Audio System” (page 6-16).

qTrip Computerí

The trip computer can display thefollowing:l The current fuel economy.l The average fuel economy.l The approximate distance you cantravel on the available fuel.

l The average vehicle speed.The ignition switch must be in the ONposition.Press the INFO switch to change thedisplay mode.

NOTEWhen the time is being displayed, press theINFO switch to change the display to the tripcomputer.

If you have any problems with your tripcomputer, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Current fuel economy mode

This mode displays the current fueleconomy by calculating the amount offuel consumption and the distancetraveled.

Current fuel economy will be calculatedand displayed every 2 seconds.

When this mode is selected, CONSUMCUR will be displayed.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-67íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (252,1)

U.S.A.

CANADA

When you've slowed to about 5 km/h (3mph), —— L/100 km (——mpg) will bedisplayed.

Average fuel economy mode

This mode displays the average fueleconomy by calculating the fuelconsumption and the distance traveledsince connecting the battery or resettingthe data.Average fuel economy will be calculatedand displayed every minute.

When this mode is selected, CONSUMAV will be displayed.

U.S.A.

CANADA

To clear the data being displayed, pressthe INFO switch for more than 1 second.After pressing the INFO switch, —— L/100 km (—— mpg) will be displayed forabout 1 minute before the fuel economy isrecalculated and displayed.

Distance-to-empty mode

This mode displays the approximatedistance you can travel on the remainingfuel based on the fuel economy.

The distance-to-empty will be calculatedand displayed every minute.

When this mode is selected, REMNG willbe displayed.

6-68

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (253,1)

U.S.A.

CANADA

NOTEl Even though the distance-to-empty display

may indicate a sufficient amount ofremaining mileage before refueling isrequired, refuel as soon as possible if thefuel gauge needle nears E or the low fuelwarning light illuminates.

l The display won't change unless you addmore than approximately 20 L (5.3 gal) offuel.

Average vehicle speed mode

This mode displays the average vehiclespeed by calculating the distance and thetime traveled since connecting the batteryor resetting the data.

Average vehicle speed will be calculatedand displayed every 10 seconds.

When this mode is selected, AV will bedisplayed.U.S.A.

CANADA

To clear the data being displayed, pressthe INFO switch for more than 1 second.After pressing the INFO switch, ——km/h (—— mile/h) will be displayed forabout 1 minute before the vehicle speed isrecalculated and displayed.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-69


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (254,1)

LighterThe ignition switch must be in the ACCor ON positionPress the lighter in and release it. Whenready for use, it automatically pops out.

CAUTIONØ Don't touch the metal part of the

lighter, you may burn yourself.Ø Don't hold the lighter in because it

will overheat.Ø Don't use the lighter socket for

plug-in accessories such asshavers and coffee pots. They maydamage it or cause electricalfailure. Use only a genuine Mazdalighter or the equivalent.

Ø If the lighter doesn't pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.

Ashtray

CAUTIONDo not use the ashtray for trash. Youmight start a fire.

To use, open the cover.

To remove, open the cover and pull up theashtray.

6-70

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (255,1)

Cup Holder

WARNINGNever use a cup holder to hold hotliquids while the vehicle is moving:

Using a cup holder to hold hot liquidswhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous. If the contents spill, youcould be scalded.

Do not put anything other than cups ordrink cans in cup holders:

Putting objects other than cups ordrink cans in a cup holder isdangerous.During sudden braking ormaneuvering, occupants could be hitand injured, or objects could bethrown around the vehicle, causinginterference with the driver and thepossibility of an accident. Only use acup holder for cups or drink cans.

CAUTIONTo reduce the possibility of injury inan accident or a sudden stop, keepcup holders closed when not in use.

qFront

To use, open the cover.

qRear

The rear cup holder is on the rear centerarmrest.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-71


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (256,1)

Bottle HolderBottle holders are on the inside of thefront doors.

Bottle holder

CAUTIONDo not use the bottle holders forcontainers without caps. Thecontents may spill when the door isopened or closed.

Storage Compartments

WARNINGKeep storage boxes closed whendriving:

Driving with the storage boxes openis dangerous. To reduce thepossibility of injury in an accident ora sudden stop, keep the storageboxes closed when driving.

CAUTIONDo not leave lighters or eyeglasses inthe storage boxes while parked underthe sun. A lighter could explode orthe plastic material in eyeglassescould deform and crack from hightemperature.

qGlove Box

To open the glove box, pull the latchtoward you.If the glove box has a lock, insert the keyand turn it clockwise to lock,counterclockwise to unlock.

Unlock

Lock

6-72

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (257,1)

qCenter Console

To open, pull the lower release latch.

Small items can be placed in the tray ofthe center console lid.To open it, pull the upper release latch.

qCargo Securing Loops (5 Door)

WARNINGMake sure luggage and cargo issecured before driving:


Use the loops in the luggage compartmentto secure cargo with a rope or net. Thetensile strength of the loops is 196 N (20kgf, 44 lbf). Do not apply excessive forceto the loops as it will damage them.

NOTETo secure cargo with a rope or net, the trunkboard loops can be used in the same way asthe cargo securing loops (page 6-74).

qCargo Sub-Compartment (5 Door)í

With flexible floor board

To use the cargo sub-compartment,partially open or remove the trunk boards.

Trunk board

Cargo sub-compartment

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-73íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (258,1)

Without flexible floor board

To use the cargo sub-compartment,remove or lift the trunk board.

Cargo sub-compartment

Trunk board

qFlexible Floor Board (5 Door)í

The luggage compartment can beseparated vertically and/or horizontally,using the trunk board and the trunk boardloops.

CAUTIONMake sure the trunk board is firmlysecured when it is fitted into thetrunk board loops. If it is not firmlysecured, it could unexpectedlydisengage causing damage to thetrunk board loops or the trunkboard.

NOTEThe trunk board loops can be used in the sameway as the cargo securing loops. The tensilestrength of the loops is 147 N (15 kgf, 33 lbf).Do not apply excessive force to the trunk boardloops as it will damage them (page 6-73).

Compartment divider loops

Rear trunk board

Front trunk board

To separate vertically

Use the rear trunk board to separate theluggage compartment vertically.

1. Pull the trunk board loops out.

Compartment divider loop

6-74

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Interior Equipment


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (259,1)

2. Insert the trunk board loops into thetrunk board slits.

Front

Trunk board

NOTETo facilitate insertion of the trunk board loopsinto the trunk board slits, first insert thebottom of the rear trunk board into the grooveof the luggage sub-compartment.

GrooveCargo sub-compartment

3. Rock the trunk board to make sure theboard is installed securely.

To separate horizontally

Use the front trunk board to separate theluggage compartment horizontally.

CAUTIONØ Do not place heavy objects on the

trunk board or apply excessiveforce as they could damage thetrunk board. The permissibleweight is about 5 kg (11 lb).

Ø Do not use the rear trunk board toseparate the luggagecompartment horizontally. Therear trunk board cannot be lockedto the trunk board loops and itcould move and cause injury whilethe vehicle is moving.

1. Pull the trunk board loops out.

Compartment divider loop

2. Insert the trunk board loop into slit A.

Slit A

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-75


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (260,1)

3. Insert the other trunk board loop intoslit B until a click sound is heard.

Slit B

4. Rock the trunk board to make sure theboard is installed securely.

CAUTIONDo not place or remove luggage viathe rear passenger seat area whilethe vehicle is moving. The trunkboard or luggage could move andcause injury.

Accessory SocketsThe ignition switch must be in the ACCor ON position to prevent the battery fromdischarging.Only use genuine Mazda accessories orthe equivalent requiring no greater than120 W (DC 12 V, 7 A).

CAUTIONTo prevent accessory socket damageor electrical failure, pay attention tothe following:Ø Do not use accessories that require

more than 120 W (DC 12 V, 7 A).Ø Do not use accessories that are not

genuine Mazda accessories or theequivalent.

Ø Close the cover when the accessorysocket is not in use to preventforeign objects and liquids fromgetting into the accessory socket.

Ø Correctly insert the plug into theaccessory socket.

Noise may occur on the audioplayback depending on the deviceconnected to the accessory socket.

NOTETo prevent discharging of the battery, do notuse the socket for long periods with the engineoff or idling.

6-76

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (261,1)

When placing an electrical device (e.g.cellular phone) in the tray which isconnected to the accessory socket, passthe connection plug cord through the slotin the cap.

Cap slot, closed

Cap slot, opened

1. Open the lid by pulling the upperrelease catch.

2. Remove the tray mat.

3. Using a coin, turn the capcounterclockwise (about 45° from theclosed position) and remove it.

NOTEDo NOT discard the cap.

4. Open the tray by pulling the lowerrelease catch.

5. Pass the connection plug cord throughthe hole of the tray and insert the plugin the socket.

Plug

6. Make sure the connection plug cord isrunning through the cap slot; reinstallthe cap and turn it clockwise (about45° to the opened position).

Connection plug cord

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-77


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (262,1)

7. Pass the connection plug cord throughthe slit in the tray mat and then set thetray mat in place.

6-78

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (263,1)

7 In Case of an Emergency

Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.

Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2

Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3Spare Tire and Tool Storage ...................................................... 7-3Changing a Flat Tire ................................................................. 7-8

Overheating ................................................................................. 7-14Overheating ............................................................................. 7-14

Emergency Starting .................................................................... 7-16Starting a Flooded Engine ....................................................... 7-16Jump-Starting .......................................................................... 7-17Push-Starting ........................................................................... 7-20

Emergency Towing ..................................................................... 7-21Towing Description ................................................................. 7-21Tiedown Hook ........................................................................ 7-22Recreational Towing ............................................................... 7-23

7-1


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (264,1)

Parking in an EmergencyThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe turn signals will flash.

NOTEl The turn signals do not work when the

hazard warning lights are on.l Check local regulations about the use of

hazard warning lights while the vehicle isbeing towed to verify that it is not inviolation of the law.

7-2

In Case of an Emergency

Parking in an Emergency


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (265,1)

Spare Tire and Tool StorageSpare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.

Lug wrench Jack handleTiedown eyelet

Jack

Spare tire

4 Door


Flat Tire

7-3


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (266,1)

Jack

Jack handleSpare tire

Lug wrench

5 Door

Jack handle

Jack

Spare tire

Lug wrench Tiedown eyelet(Type A)

(Type B)Tiedown eyelet

7-4


Flat Tire


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (267,1)

qJack

To remove the jack

1. Turn the knob and remove the cover.

2. Turn the wing bolt and jack screwcounterclockwise.

Wing bolt

Jack screw

To secure the jack

1. Insert the wing bolt into the jack withthe jack screw pointing up and turn thewing bolt clockwise to temporarilytighten it.

2. Turn the jack screw in the directionshown in the figure.

Wing bolt

Jack screw

3. Turn the wing bolt completely tosecure the jack.

NOTEIf the jack is not completely secured, it couldrattle while driving. Make sure the jack screwis sufficiently tightened.

qSpare Tire

Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire.The temporary spare tire is lighter andsmaller than a conventional tire, and isdesigned only for emergency use andshould be used only for VERY shortperiods. Temporary spare tires shouldNEVER be used for long drives orextended periods.


Flat Tire

7-5


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (268,1)

WARNINGDo not install the temporary spare tireon the front wheels (driving wheels)when driving on ice or snow:

Driving with a spare tire on the front(driving) wheels on ice or snow isdangerous. Handling will be affected.You could lose control of the vehicleand have an accident. Put the sparetire on the rear axle and move aregular tire to the front.

CAUTIONØ When using the temporary spare

tire, driving stability may decreasecompared to when using only theconventional tire.Drive carefully.

Ø To avoid damage to the temporaryspare tire or to the vehicle, observethe following precautions:Ø Do not exceed 80 km/h (50

mph).Ø Avoid driving over obstacles.

Also, do not drive through anautomatic car wash. This tire'sdiameter is smaller than aconventional tire's, so theground clearance is reducedabout 25 mm (1 in).

Ø Do not use a tire chain on thistire because it won't fitproperly.

Ø Do not use your temporaryspare tire on any other vehicle;it has been designed only foryour Mazda.

Ø Use only one temporary sparetire on your vehicle at the sametime.

Ø (With limited slip differential)When using the temporary sparetire on the front axle, replace itwith a standard tire as soon aspossible. The size differencebetween the spare and thestandard tire will cause the limitedslip differential to malfunction.

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)A tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used (page 5-29).

7-6


Flat Tire


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (269,1)

To remove the spare tire

(4 Door)

1. Remove the trunk mat and trunk board.

2. Turn the tire hold-down boltcounterclockwise with the lug wrench.

(5 Door)

1. Remove the trunk mat, trunk board andcargo sub-compartment.

(Type A) (Type B)

2. Turn the tire hold-down boltcounterclockwise with the lug wrench.


Flat Tire

7-7


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (270,1)

Changing a Flat TireNOTEIf the following occurs while driving, it couldindicate a flat tire.l Steering becomes difficult.l The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively.l The vehicle pulls in one direction.

If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to alevel spot that is well off the road and outof the way of traffic to change the tire.Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of abusy road is dangerous.

WARNINGBe sure to follow the directions forchanging a tire, and never get under avehicle that is supported only by a jack:

Changing a tire is dangerous if notdone properly. The vehicle can slip offthe jack and seriously injuresomeone.

Never allow anyone inside a vehiclesupported by a jack:

Allowing someone to remain in avehicle supported by a jack isdangerous. The occupant could causethe vehicle to fall resulting in seriousinjury.

CAUTION(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)The wheels equipped on your Mazdaare specially designed for installationof the tire pressure sensors. Do notuse non-genuine wheels, otherwise itmay not be possible to install the tirepressure sensors.

NOTEl Make sure the jack is well lubricated before

using it.(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)l Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor

ID signal code whenever tires or wheels arechanged (page 5-31).

1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-way and firmly set the parking brake.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransaxle in Park (P), a manualtransaxle in Reverse (R) or 1, and turnoff the engine.

3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.

4. Have everyone get out of the vehicleand away from the vehicle and traffic.

5. Remove the jack, tool, and spare tire(page 7-3).

6. Block the wheel diagonally oppositethe flat tire. When blocking a wheel,place a tire block both in front andbehind the tire.

NOTEWhen blocking a tire, use rocks or wood blocksof sufficient size if possible to hold the tire inplace.

7-8


Flat Tire


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (271,1)

qRemoving a Flat Tire

1. If your vehicle is equipped with awheel cover, pry off the wheel coverwith the beveled end of the lug wrench.

NOTEForce the end of the lug wrench firmly betweenwheel and cover, or removal will be difficult.

CAUTIONThere is a valve-stem mark inside thewheel cover. When installing thewheel cover, align this mark with thetire's valve stem.Damage could occur duringinstallation if the wheel cover is notproperly aligned.

2. Loosen the lug nuts by turning themcounterclockwise one turn each, butdon't remove any lug nuts until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

3. Place the jack under the jackingposition closest to the tire beingchanged.

Jacking position


Flat Tire

7-9


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (272,1)

WARNINGUse only the front and rear jackingpositions recommended in this manual:

Attempting to jack the vehicle inpositions other than thoserecommended in this manual isdangerous. The vehicle could slip offthe jack and seriously injure or evenkill someone. Use only the front andrear jacking positions recommendedin this manual.

Use only the jack provided with yourMazda:

Using a jack that is not designed foryour Mazda is dangerous. The vehiclecould slip off the jack and seriouslyinjure someone.

Never place objects under the jack:Jacking the vehicle with an objectunder the jack is dangerous. The jackcould slip and someone could beseriously injured by the jack or thefalling vehicle.

4. Insert the jack handle into the jack.

5. Turn the jack handle clockwise andraise the vehicle high enough so thatthe spare tire can be installed. Beforeremoving the lug nuts, make sure yourMazda is firmly in position and that itcannot slip or move.

6. Remove the lug nuts by turning themcounterclockwise; then remove thewheel and center cap.

7-10


Flat Tire


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (273,1)

qLocking Lug Nutsí

If your vehicle has optional antitheftwheel lug nuts, one on each wheel willlock the tires and you must use a specialkey to unlock them. This key is attachedto the lug wrench and is stored with thespare tire. Register them with the lockmanufacturer by filling out the cardprovided in the glove box and mailing itin the accompanying envelope. If you losethis key, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer or use the lock manufacturer'sorder form, which is with the registrationcard.

Special keyAntitheft lug nut

To remove an antitheft lug nut

1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.

2. Place the key on top of the nut, and besure to hold the key square to it. If youhold the key at an angle, you maydamage both key and nut. Don't use apower impact wrench.

3. Place the lug wrench on top of the keyand apply pressure. Turn the wrenchcounterclockwise.

To install the nut

1. Place the key on top of the nut, and besure to hold the key square to it. If youhold the key at an angle, you maydamage both key and nut. Don't use apower impact wrench.

2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.

qMounting the Spare Tire

1. Remove dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel andhub, including the hub bolts, with acloth.

WARNINGMake sure the mounting surfaces ofthe wheel, hub and lug nuts are cleanbefore changing or replacing tires:

When changing or replacing a tire,not removing dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel, huband hub bolts is dangerous. The lugnuts could loosen while driving andcause the tire to come off, resulting inan accident.

2. Mount the spare tire.


Flat Tire

7-11íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (274,1)

3. Install the lug nuts with the bevelededge inward; tighten them by hand.

WARNINGDo not apply oil or grease to lug nutsand bolts and do not tighten the lugnuts beyond the recommendedtightening torque:

Applying oil or grease to lug nuts andbolts is dangerous. The lug nutscould loosen while driving and causethe tire to come off, resulting in anaccident. In addition, lug nuts andbolts could be damaged if tightenedmore than necessary.

4. Turn the jack handle counterclockwiseand lower the vehicle. Use the lugwrench to tighten the nuts in the ordershown.

If you're unsure of how tight the nutsshould be, have them inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Nut tightening torque

N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf) 88―118 (9―12, 65―87)

WARNINGAlways securely and correctly tightenthe lug nuts:

Improperly or loosely tightened lugnuts are dangerous. The wheel couldwobble or come off. This could resultin loss of vehicle control and cause aserious accident.

Be sure to reinstall the same nuts youremoved or replace them with metricnuts of the same configuration:

Because the wheel studs and lug nutson your Mazda have metric threads,using a non-metric nut is dangerous.On a metric stud, it would not securethe wheel and would damage thestud, which could cause the wheel toslip off and cause an accident.

5. Store the damaged tire, using the tirehold-down bolt to hold it in place.

Tire clamp Tire hold-down bolt

6. Check the inflation pressure. Refer tothe specification charts on page 10-8.

7-12


Flat Tire


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (275,1)

7. Have the flat tire repaired or replacedas soon as possible.

WARNINGDo not drive with any tires that haveincorrect air pressure:

Driving on tires with incorrect airpressure is dangerous. Tires withincorrect pressure could affecthandling and result in an accident.When you check the regular tires' airpressure, check the spare tire, too.

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)A tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used (page 5-29).

NOTETo prevent the jack and tool from rattling, storethem properly.


Flat Tire

7-13


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (276,1)

OverheatingIf the temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, the vehicle loses power, oryou hear a loud knocking or pingingnoise, the engine is probably too hot.

WARNING

Turn off the ignition switch andmake sure the fan is not running beforeattempting to work near the coolingfan:

Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped andthe engine compartment temperatureis high. You could be hit by the fanand seriously injured.

Do not remove the coolingsystem cap when the engine andradiator are hot:

When the engine and radiator arehot, scalding coolant and steam mayshoot out under pressure and causeserious injury.

Open the hood ONLY after steam is nolonger escaping from the engine:

Steam from an overheated engine isdangerous. The escaping steam couldseriously burn you.

If the temperature gauge indicatesoverheating:

1. Drive safely to the side of the road andpark off the right-of-way.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransaxle in park (P), a manualtransaxle in neutral.

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Turn off the air conditioner.

5. Check whether coolant or steam isescaping from under the hood or fromthe engine compartment.

If steam is coming from the enginecompartment:Don't go near the front of the vehicle.Stop the engine.Wait until the steam dissipates, thenopen the hood and start the engine.

If neither coolant nor steam isescaping:Open the hood and idle the engine untilit cools.

CAUTIONIf the cooling fan does not operatewhile the engine is running, theengine temperature will increase.Stop the engine and call anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,then turn off the engine after thetemperature has decreased.

7. When cool, check the coolant level.If it's low, look for coolant leaks fromthe radiator and hoses.

7-14


Overheating


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (277,1)

If you find a leak or other damage, or ifcoolant is still leaking:Stop the engine and call an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.


With turbocharger

If you find no problems, the engine iscool, and no leaks are obvious:Carefully add coolant as required (page8-21).

CAUTIONIf the engine continues to overheat orfrequently overheats, have thecooling system inspected. The enginecould be seriously damaged unlessrepairs are made. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.


Overheating

7-15


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (278,1)

Starting a Flooded EngineIf the engine fails to start, it may beflooded (excessive fuel in the engine).

Follow this procedure:

1. If the engine does not start within fiveseconds on the first try, turn the key tothe LOCK position, wait ten secondsand try again.

2. Depress the accelerator all the way andhold it there.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the STARTposition and hold it there―for up toten seconds. If the engine starts, releasethe key and accelerator immediatelybecause the engine will suddenly revup.

4. If the engine fails to start, crank itwithout depressing the accelerator―forup to ten seconds.

If the engine still does not start using theabove procedure, have your vehicleinspected by an Authorized MazdaDealer.

7-16


Emergency Starting


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (279,1)

Jump-StartingJump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If youfeel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent servicetechnician do the work.

WARNING

Follow These Precautions Carefully:To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautionscarefully before using the battery or inspecting it.

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACIDwhich could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with batteryfluid:

Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets ineyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for 15minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object thatcould cause sparks:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near abattery, do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( )terminal of the battery.


Emergency Starting

7-17


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (280,1)

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.

Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It mayrupture or explode, causing serious injury.

Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of thedischarged battery is dangerous.A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.

Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.

CAUTIONUse only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, andother electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries inseries or a 24 V motor generator set).

Discharged battery

Jumper cables

Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order.

Booster battery

7-18


Emergency Starting


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (281,1)

1. Remove the battery cover from its frontside.

Battery cover

2. Make sure the booster battery is 12 Vand that its negative terminal isgrounded.

3. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, don't allow both vehicles totouch. Turn off the engine of thevehicle with the booster battery and allunnecessary electrical loads in bothvehicles.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence as in the illustration.

l Connect one end of a cable to thepositive terminal on the dischargedbattery (1).

l Attach the other end to the positiveterminal on the booster battery (2).

l Connect one end of the other cableto the negative terminal of thebooster battery (3).

l Connect the other end to the groundpoint indicated in the illustrationaway from the discharged battery(4).

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand run it a few minutes. Then start theengine of the other vehicle.

6. When finished, carefully disconnect thecables in the reverse order described inthe illustration.

NOTEVerify that the covers are securely installed.


Emergency Starting

7-19


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (282,1)

Push-StartingDo not push-start your Mazda.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start it:

Towing a vehicle to start it isdangerous. The vehicle being towedcould surge forward when its enginestarts, causing the two vehicles tocollide. The occupants could beinjured.

CAUTIONDo not push-start a vehicle that hasa manual transaxle. It can damagethe emission control system.

NOTEYou can't start a vehicle with an automatictransaxle by pushing it.

7-20


Emergency Starting


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (283,1)

Towing DescriptionWe recommend that towing be done onlyby an Authorized Mazda Dealer or acommercial tow-truck service.

Proper lifting and towing are necessary toprevent damage to the vehicle.Government and local laws must befollowed.

A towed vehicle usually should have itsdrive wheels (front wheels) off theground. If excessive damage or otherconditions prevent this, use wheel dollies.

Wheel dollies

When towing with the rear wheels on theground, release the parking brake.

CAUTIONDo not tow the vehicle pointedbackward with driving wheels on theground. This may cause internaldamage to the transaxle.

CAUTIONDo not tow with sling-typeequipment. This could damage yourvehicle. Use wheel-lift or flatbedequipment.


Emergency Towing

7-21


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (284,1)

CAUTIONDo not use the hooks under the rearbumper for towing and tying down,as they cannot hold the load and itwill damage the bumper.

Hooks

Tiedown Hook

CAUTIONDon't use the tiedown hook underthe rear for towing.It is designed ONLY for tying downthe vehicle when it's beingtransported. Using it for towing willdamage the bumper.

qTiedown Hook-Front

1. Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lugwrench from the trunk (page 7-3).

2. Wrap the lug wrench with a soft clothto prevent damage to the bumper andopen the cap located on the frontbumper.

CAUTIONThe cap cannot be completelyremoved. Do not use excessive forceas it may damage the cap or scratchthe painted bumper surface.

7-22


Emergency Towing


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (285,1)

3. Securely install the tiedown eyeletusing the lug wrench.

Lug wrench

4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedowneyelet.

CAUTIONIf the tiedown eyelet is not securelytightened, it may loosen or disengagefrom the bumper when tying downthe vehicle. Make sure that thetiedown eyelet is securely tightenedto the bumper.

Recreational TowingAn example of “recreational towing” istowing your vehicle behind a motorhome.The transaxle is not designed for towingthis vehicle on all 4 wheels.When doing recreational towing refer to“Towing Description” (page 7-21) and“Tiedown Hook” (page 7-22) andcarefully follow the instructions.


Emergency Towing

7-23


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (286,1)

7-24


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (287,1)

8 Maintenance and Care

How to keep your Mazda in top condition.

Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2

Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-3Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico) ....... 8-3Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico) ............................................. 8-8

Owner Maintenance ................................................................... 8-15Owner Maintenance Schedule ................................................ 8-15Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................. 8-16Engine Compartment Overview .............................................. 8-17Engine Oil ............................................................................... 8-18Engine Coolant ....................................................................... 8-21Brake/Clutch Fluid .................................................................. 8-23Power Steering Fluid ............................................................... 8-24Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF)í ........................................ 8-25Washer Fluid ........................................................................... 8-27Body Lubrication .................................................................... 8-28Wiper Blades ........................................................................... 8-29Battery ..................................................................................... 8-32Tires ........................................................................................ 8-35Light Bulbs ............................................................................. 8-39Fuses ....................................................................................... 8-50

Appearance Care ........................................................................ 8-58How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage .................... 8-58Exterior Care ........................................................................... 8-60Interior Care ............................................................................ 8-63

8-1íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (288,1)

IntroductionBe extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehiclewhen using this manual for inspection and maintenance.

If you're unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliableand qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for yourMazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. Thiscould lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.

For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed asprescribed.

Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defectivematerials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.

Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment mayperform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.

8-2

Maintenance and Care

Introduction


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (289,1)

Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico)Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditionsapply.l Repeated short-distance drivingl Driving in dusty conditionsl Driving with extended use of brakesl Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are usedl Driving on rough or muddy roadsl Extended periods of idling or low-speed operationl Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climatesl Driving in extremely hot conditionsl Driving in mountainous conditions continuallyIf any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).

NOTEAfter the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommendedintervals.


Scheduled Maintenance

8-3


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (290,1)

qSchedule 1

Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

ENGINE

Engine valve clearanceAudibly inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,

adjust

Drive belts (tension) I

Engine oil R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R

COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I I

Engine coolantFL22 type*1

Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; afterthat, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

OthersReplace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,

every 2 years

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter R

Fuel lines and hoses*2 I I

Hoses and tubes for emission*2 I

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I

Disc brakes I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)

Steering operation and linkages I I

Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheelbearing axial play

I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T

8-4




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (291,1)



Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM

Cabin air filter Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceL: LubricateT: Tighten

Remarks:

*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surroundingarea. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.

*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.



8-5


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (292,1)

qSchedule 2



Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

ENGINE

Engine valve clearanceAudibly inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,

adjust


Engine oilPuerto Rico Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months

Others R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I I


Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; afterthat, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

OthersReplace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,

every 2 years

Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filterPuerto Rico R R

Others R

Fuel lines and hoses*2 I I

Hoses and tubes for emission*2 I

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs (without turbocharger) Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)

Spark plugs (with turbocharger)USA Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)

Others*3 Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I

8-6




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (293,1)



Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I

Brake and clutch fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)

Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T


Cabin air filter Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years

Chart symbols:


Remarks:


*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the spark plugs at every96,000 km (60,000 miles) or shorter.a) Repeated short-distance drivingb) Extended periods of idling or low-speed operationc) Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates



8-7


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (294,1)

Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico)Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditionsapply.l Repeated short-distance drivingl Driving in dusty conditionsl Driving with extended use of brakesl Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are usedl Driving on rough or muddy roadsl Extended periods of idling or low-speed operationl Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climatesl Driving in extremely hot conditionsl Driving in mountainous conditions continuallyIf any do apply, follow Schedule 2.

NOTEAfter the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommendedintervals.

8-8




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (295,1)

qSchedule 1


Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72

×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

ENGINE

Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust

Drive belts (tension) I I I

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R


COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I I I


Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every60,000 km or 3 years

Others R R R

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter R R R R R R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2 I*2 I

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2 I*2 I

Fuel filter R R R

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs Replace every 60,000 km

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I

Brake and clutch fluid level I I I I I I I I I

Brake fluid R R R

Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km

Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I I

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I I I I

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T



8-9


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (296,1)



Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72

×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120


Cabin air filter R R R

Chart symbols:


Remarks:


*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

8-10




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (297,1)

qSchedule 2



Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36

×1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

ENGINE





COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I



Others R


FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C R C R C R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2

Fuel filter R

IGNITION SYSTEM


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM


CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I

Brake and clutch fluid level I I I I I

Brake fluid R

Disc brakes I I I I I I


Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I


I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I

All locks and hinges L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T



8-11


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (298,1)



Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36

×1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60



Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceL: LubricateC: CleanT: Tighten

Remarks:



8-12




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (299,1)

(Cont.)



Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72

×1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

ENGINE


Drive belts (tension) I I



COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I I



Others R R


FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C R C R C R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2 I

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2 I

Fuel filter R R

IGNITION SYSTEM


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM


CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I

Brake and clutch fluid level I I I I

Brake fluid R R

Disc brakes I I I I I I


Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I


I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I

All locks and hinges L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T



8-13


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (300,1)



Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72

×1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120



Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceL: LubricateC: CleanT: Tighten

Remarks:



8-14




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (301,1)

Owner Maintenance ScheduleThe owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at theindicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.

Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified servicetechnician as soon as possible.

qWhen Refueling

l Brake and clutch fluid level (page 8-23)l Engine coolant level (page 8-21)l Engine oil level (page 8-20)l Washer fluid level (page 8-27)

qAt Least Monthly

Tire inflation pressures (page 8-35)

qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)

l Automatic transaxle fluid level (page 8-25)l Power steering fluid level (page 8-24)You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanicalability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.l Engine coolant (page 8-21)l Engine oil (page 8-18)


Owner Maintenance

8-15


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (302,1)

Owner Maintenance PrecautionsImproper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions onlyfor items that are easy to perform.

As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by aqualified service technician with special tools.

Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. Ifyou're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Pleasedispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.

We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

WARNINGDo not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience orthe proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by aqualified technician:

Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. Youcan be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.

If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that youremove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and allneckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or coolingfan which may turn on unexpectedly:

Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes evenmore dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.

Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attemptingto work near the cooling fan:

Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan couldcontinue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the enginecompartment temperature is high. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.

Do not leave items in the engine compartment:After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment, donot forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment.Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or afire leading to an unexpected accident.

8-16


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (303,1)

Engine Compartment Overview

Main fuse

Automatic transaxle fluid-level dipstick (Only for automatic transaxle)

Brake/Clutch fluid reservoir

Engine coolant reservoir

Engine oil dipstick

Power steering fluid reservoir

Windshield washer fluid reservoir

Engine oil-filler cap Battery Fuse block


Main fuse

Brake/Clutch fluid reservoir

Engine coolant reservoir

Engine oil dipstick

Power steering fluid reservoir

Windshield washer fluid reservoir

Engine oil-filler cap BatteryFuse block

With turbocharger


Owner Maintenance

8-17


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (304,1)

Engine OilNOTEChanging the engine oil should be done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qRecommended Oil

Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil (Withoutturbocharger).Oil container labels provide importantinformation.A chief contribution this type of oil makesto fuel economy is reducing the amount offuel necessary to overcome enginefriction.

U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

Only use oils “Certified For GasolineEngines” by the American PetroleumInstitute (API). An oil with this trademarksymbol conforms to the current engineand emission system protection standardsand fuel economy requirements of theInternational Lubricant Standardizationand Approval Committee (ILSAC),comprised of U.S. and Japaneseautomobile manufacturers.

5W-20

120100806040200–20

50403020100–10–20–30

Except U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil. If SAE 5W-20 engine oil is not available in your market. Use SAE 5W-30 engine oil.

Mexico

8-18


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (305,1)

The quality designation SM, or ILSACmust be on the label.

5W-20

120100806040200–20

50403020100–10–20–30

Use SAE 5W-30 engine oil (Withturbocharger).Oil container labels provide importantinformation.A chief contribution this type of oil makesto fuel economy is reducing the amount offuel necessary to overcome enginefriction.

U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

Only use oils “Certified For GasolineEngines” by the American PetroleumInstitute (API). An oil with this trademarksymbol conforms to the current engineand emission system protection standardsand fuel economy requirements of theInternational Lubricant Standardizationand Approval Committee (ILSAC),comprised of U.S. and Japaneseautomobile manufacturers.

–30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50

–20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

5W-30

Except U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)


Owner Maintenance

8-19


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (306,1)

The quality designation SM, or ILSACmust be on the label.

–30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50

–20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

5W-30

qInspecting Engine Oil Level

1. Be sure the vehicle is on a levelsurface.

2. Warm up the engine to normaloperating temperature.

3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutesfor the oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, andreinsert it fully.

Full

OK

Low


With turbocharger

Max

Min

OK

5. Pull it out again and examine the level.It's OK between Low or MIN and Fullor MAX.But if it's near or below Low or MIN,add enough oil to bring the level toFull or MAX.

CAUTIONDon't add engine oil over Full orMAX. This may cause enginedamage.

6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick ispositioned properly before reinsertingthe dipstick.

The distance between Low or MIN andFull or MAX on the dipstick representsthe following:

Oil capacity

L (US qt, Imp qt) 0.75 (0.79, 0.66)

8-20


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (307,1)

Engine Coolant

qInspecting Coolant Level

WARNINGDo not use a match or live flame in theengine compartment. DO NOT ADDCOOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT:

A hot engine is dangerous. If theengine has been running, parts of theengine compartment can becomevery hot. You could be burned.Carefully inspect the engine coolantin the coolant reservoir, but do notopen it.

Turn off the ignition switch andmake sure the fan is not running beforeattempting to work near the coolingfan:

Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped andthe engine compartment temperatureis high. You could be hit by the fanand seriously injured.

Do not remove the coolingsystem cap when the engine andradiator are hot:

When the engine and radiator arehot, scalding coolant and steam mayshoot out under pressure and causeserious injury.

NOTEChanging the coolant should be done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Inspect the antifreeze protection andcoolant level in the coolant reservoir atleast once a year―at the beginning of thewinter season―and before travelingwhere temperatures may drop belowfreezing.

Inspect the condition and connections ofall cooling system and heater hoses.Replace any that are swollen ordeteriorated.

The coolant should be at full in theradiator and between the MAX or F andMIN or L marks on the coolant reservoirwhen the engine is cool.


With turbocharger

If it's at or near MIN or L, add enoughcoolant to the coolant reservoir to providefreezing and corrosion protection and tobring the level to MAX or F.


Owner Maintenance

8-21


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (308,1)

CAUTIONØ Radiator coolant will damage

paint.Rinse it off quickly if spilled.

Ø Use only soft (demineralized)water in the coolant mixture.Water that contains minerals willcut down on the coolant'seffectiveness.

Ø Don't add only water. Always adda proper coolant mixture.

Ø The engine has aluminum partsand must be protected by anethylene-glycol-based coolant toprevent corrosion and freezing.

Ø DO NOT USE coolants ContainingAlcohol, methanol, Borate orSilicate.These coolants could damage thecooling system.

Ø DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanolwith the coolant. This coulddamage the cooling system.

Ø Don't use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze.This would reduce effectiveness.

NOTEIf the “FL22” mark is shown on or near thecooling system cap, use FL22 type enginecoolant. If engine coolant other than FL22type is used, the engine coolant must bereplaced earlier than the specified replacementinterval indicated in the scheduledmaintenance (page 8-3).

If the coolant reservoir is empty or newcoolant is required frequently, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

8-22


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (309,1)

Brake/Clutch Fluid

qInspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid Level

The brakes and clutch draw fluid from thesame reservoir.Inspect the fluid level in the reservoirregularly. It should be kept at MAX.The level normally drops withaccumulated distance, a conditionassociated with wear of brake and clutchlinings. If it is excessively low, have thebrake/clutch system inspected by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.


With turbocharger

qAdding Brake/Clutch Fluid

WARNINGBe careful not to spill brake fluid onyourself or on the engine:

Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If itgets in your eyes, they could beseriously injured. If this happens,immediately flush your eyes withwater and get medical attention.Brake fluid spilled on a hot enginecould cause a fire.

If the brake/clutch fluid level is low,have the brakes and clutch inspected:

Low brake/clutch fluid levels aredangerous. Low levels could signalbrake lining wear or a brake systemleak. Your brakes could fail andcause an accident.

If the fluid level is low, add fluid until itreaches MAX.Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean thearea around the cap.

CAUTIONØ Brake and clutch fluid will

damage painted surfaces. If brakeor clutch fluid does get on apainted surface, wash it off withwater immediately.

Ø Using nonspecified brake andclutch fluids (page 10-4) willdamage the systems. Mixingdifferent fluids will also damagethem.If the brake/clutch systemfrequently requires new fluid,consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.


Owner Maintenance

8-23


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (310,1)

Power Steering Fluid

qInspecting Power Steering FluidLevel

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the powersteering pump, don't operate thevehicle for long periods when thepower steering fluid level is low.

NOTEUse specified power steering fluid (page 10-4).

Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir ateach engine oil change with the engine offand cold. Add fluid if necessary; it doesnot require periodic changing.


With turbocharger

The level must be kept between MIN andMAX.

Visually examine the lines and hoses forleaks and damage.

If new fluid is required frequently, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

8-24


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (311,1)

Automatic Transaxle Fluid(ATF)í

qInspecting Automatic TransaxleFluid Level

The automatic transaxle fluid level shouldbe inspected regularly. Measure it asdescribed below.

5AT

CAUTIONØ Always check the automatic

transaxle fluid level according tothe following procedure. If theprocedure is not done correctly,the automatic transaxle fluid levelcannot be measured accuratelywhich could lead to automatictransaxle damage.

Ø A low fluid level can causetransaxle slippage. Overfilling cancause foaming, loss of fluid, andtransaxle malfunction.

Ø Use only the specified fluid. A non-specified fluid could result intransaxle malfunction and failure.

1. Park on a level surface and set theparking brake firmly.

2. Make sure there is no ATF leakagefrom the ATF hose or the housing.

3. Shift the shift lever to the park position(P), start the engine and warm it up.

CAUTIONDo not shift the shift lever while theengine is warming up. If the ATF levelis extremely low, the automatictransaxle could be damaged.

4. While the engine is still idling, pull outthe dipstick and wipe it clean, and thenput it back.

5. Check the ATF level. If there is no ATFadhering 5 mm from the end of thedipstick, add ATF.

CAUTIONIf there is no ATF adhering to thedipstick even after the engine hasbeen warmed up, do not drive thevehicle. Otherwise, the automatictransaxle could be damaged.

6. Shift the shift lever to each range andposition, and make sure there is noabnormality.

7. Drive the vehicle on city roads for5 km (3.1 mile) or more.


9. Shift the shift lever to the park position(P), check the ATF level while theengine is idling, and make sure that theATF level is within the proper level. Ifthe ATF level is not within the properlevel, add ATF.The proper fluid level is marked on thedipstick as follows.

Full

OK

Low


Owner Maintenance

8-25íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (312,1)

4AT

The volume of fluid changes withtemperature. Fluid must be checked whileidling the engine without driving atnormal operating temperature.

CAUTIONØ Low fluid level causes transaxle

slippage. Overfilling can causefoaming, loss of fluid, andtransaxle malfunction.

Ø Use specified fluid (page 10-4). Anonspecified fluid could result intransaxle malfunction and failure.


2. Start the engine and depress the brakepedal.

3. Move the shift lever through all ranges,then set it at P.

WARNINGMake sure the brake pedal is appliedbefore shifting the shift lever:

Shifting the shift lever without firstdepressing the brake pedal isdangerous. The vehicle could movesuddenly and cause an accident.

4. With the engine still idling, pull out thedipstick, wipe it clean, and put it back.

5. Pull it out again.The proper fluid level is marked on thedipstick as follows.

A

Full

Low B

Full

Fluid hot scale A

When the vehicle has been driven and thefluid is at normal operating temperature,about 65°C (150°F), the level must bebetween Full and Low.

Fluid cold scale B

When the engine has not been runningand the outside temperature is about 20°C(70°F), the fluid level should be close to,but not above, the bottom notch on thedipstick.

CAUTIONØ Use the cold scale only as a

reference.Ø If outside temperature is lower

than about 20°C (70°F), start theengine and inspect the fluid levelafter the engine reaches operatingtemperature.

Ø If the vehicle has been driven foran extended period at high speedsor in city traffic in hot weather,inspect the level only afterstopping the engine and allowingthe fluid to cool for 30 minutes.

8-26


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (313,1)

Fully insert the dipstick. When addingfluid, inspect with the dipstick to makesure it doesn't pass full.

NOTEInspect the fluid on both sides of the dipstick ina well lit area for an accurate reading.

Washer Fluid

qInspecting Washer Fluid Level

WARNINGUse only windshield washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:

Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindshield, it will dirty thewindshield, affect your visibility, andcould result in an accident.

Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-freezeProtection in Cold Weather:

Operating your vehicle intemperatures below 4 degrees C (40degrees F) using washer fluid withoutanti-freeze protection is dangerousas it could cause impaired windshieldvision and result in an accident. Incold weather, always use washerfluid with anti-freeze protection.

NOTEState or local regulations may restrict the useof volatile organic compounds (VOCs), whichare commonly used as anti-freeze agents inwasher fluid. A washer fluid with limited VOCcontent should be used only if it providesadequate freeze resistance for all regions andclimates in which the vehicle will be operated.


Owner Maintenance

8-27


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (314,1)

Inspect fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir; add fluid if necessary.

To inspect the washer fluid level in thefront reservoir, pull off the cap. Then,holding your thumb over the hole in thecenter of the cap, lift it straight up. Thefluid level can be seen from the fluidcolumn in the pipe. Add fluid if necessary.

Use plain water if washer fluid isunavailable. But use only washer fluid incold weather to prevent it from freezing.

NOTEFront and rear washer fluid is supplied fromthe same reservoir.

Body LubricationAll moving points of the body, such asdoor and hood hinges and locks, shouldbe lubricated each time the engine oil ischanged. Use a nonfreezing lubricant onlocks during cold weather.

Make sure the hood's secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when theprimary latch is released.

8-28


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (315,1)

Wiper Blades

CAUTIONØ Hot waxes applied by automatic

car washers have been known toaffect the wiper's ability to cleanwindows.

Ø To prevent damage to the wiperblades, don't use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

Ø When the wiper lever is in theAUTO position and the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, thewipers may move automatically inthe following cases:Ø If the windshield above the rain


sensor is wiped with a cloth.Ø If the windshield is struck with

a hand or other object.Ø If the rain sensor is struck with

a hand or other object frominside the vehicle.

Be careful not to pinch hands orfingers as it may cause injury, ordamage the wipers. Whenwashing or servicing your Mazda,make sure the wiper lever is in theOFF position.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe blades with foreign matter can reducewiper effectiveness. Common sources areinsects, tree sap, and hot wax treatmentsused by some commercial car washes.

If the blades are not wiping properly,clean the window and blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent; then rinsethoroughly with clean water. Repeat ifnecessary.

qReplacing Windshield Wiper Blades

When the wipers no longer clean well, theblades are probably worn or cracked.Replace them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiper armsand other components, don't try tosweep the wiper arm by hand.

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the bladeassembly to expose the plastic lockingclip.Slide the assembly downward; then liftit off the arm.

Plastic locking clip

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the windshieldlet the wiper arm down easily, don'tlet it slap down on the windshield.


Owner Maintenance

8-29


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (316,1)

2. Hold the end of the rubber and pulluntil the tabs are free of the metalsupport.

Metal support

Tab

3. Remove the metal stiffener from eachblade rubber and install them in thenew blade.

CAUTIONØ Don't bend or discard the stiffener.

You need to use them again.Ø If the metal stiffeners are

switched, the blade's wipingefficiency could be reduced.So don't use the driver's side metalstiffener on the passenger's side,or vice versa.

Ø Be sure to reinstall the metalstiffener in the new blade rubberso that the curve is the same as itwas in the old blade rubber.

4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.Then install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

NOTEInstall the blade so that the tabs are toward thebottom of the wiper arm.

qReplacing Rear Wiper Blade (5Door)

When the wiper no longer cleans well, theblade is probably worn or cracked.Replace it.

8-30


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (317,1)

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiper armand other components, don't try tosweep the wiper arm by hand.

1. Raise the wiper arm and rotate thewiper blade to the right until it unlocks,then remove the blade.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the rearwindow let the wiper arm downeasily, don't let it slap down on therear window.

2. Pull down the blade rubber and slide itout of the blade holder.

3. Remove the metal stiffener from eachblade rubber and install them in thenew blade.

CAUTIONDon't bend or discard the stiffener.You need to use them again.

4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.Then install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.


Owner Maintenance

8-31


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (318,1)

Battery

WARNINGWash hands after handling the battery and related accessories:

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspectingto ensure safe and correct handling:

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACIDwhich could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with batteryfluid:

Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets ineyes, or on the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes withwater for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metaltools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery whenworking near a battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehiclebody:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames includingcigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells.

8-32


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (319,1)

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.


Owner Maintenance

8-33


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (320,1)

NOTERemove the battery cover before performingbattery maintenance.

Battery cover

qBattery Maintenance

To get the best service from a battery:l Keep it securely mounted.l Keep the top clean and dry.l Keep terminals and connections clean,tight, and coated with petroleum jellyor terminal grease.

l Rinse off spilled electrolyteimmediately with a solution of waterand baking soda.

l If the vehicle will not be used for anextended time, disconnect the batterycables.

qInspecting Electrolyte Level

A low level of electrolyte fluid will causethe battery to discharge quickly.

Upper level

Lower level

Inspect the electrolyte level at least once aweek. If it's low, remove the caps and addenough distilled water to bring the levelbetween the upper and lower level(illustration).

Don't overfill.Examine the specific gravity of theelectrolyte with a hydrometer, especiallyduring cold weather. If it's low, rechargethe battery.

8-34


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (321,1)

TiresFor reasons of proper performance, safety,and better fuel economy, always maintainrecommended tire inflation pressures andstay within the recommended load limitsand weight distribution.

WARNINGUsing Different Tire Types:

Driving your vehicle with differenttypes of tires is dangerous. It couldcause poor handling and poorbraking; leading to loss of control.Except for the limited use of thetemporary spare tire, use only thesame type tires (radial, bias-belted,bias-type) on all four wheels.

Using Wrong-Sized Tires:Using any other tire size than what isspecified for your Mazda (page 10-8)is dangerous. It could seriously affectride, handling, ground clearance, tireclearance, and speedometercalibration. This could cause you tohave an accident. Use only tires thatare the correct size specified for yourMazda.

qTire Inflation Pressure

WARNINGAlways inflate the tires to the correctpressure:

Overinflation or underinflation oftires is dangerous. Adverse handlingor unexpected tire failure could resultin a serious accident.Refer to specification charts on page10-8.

The Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí

does not alleviate the need to check thetire condition every day, includingwhether the tires all look inflated properly.Inspect all tire pressure monthly(including the spare) when the tires arecold. Maintain recommended pressuresfor the best ride, handling, and minimumtire wear.When checking the tire pressures, use of adigital tire pressure gauge isrecommended.

Refer to the specification charts (page10-8).


Owner Maintenance

8-35íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (322,1)

NOTEl Always check tire pressure when tires are

cold.l Warm tires normally exceed recommended

pressures. Don't release air from warm tiresto adjust the pressure.

l Underinflation can cause reduced fueleconomy, uneven and accelerated tire wear,and poor sealing of the tire bead, whichwill deform the wheel and cause separationof tire from rim.

l Overinflation can produce a harsh ride,uneven and accelerated tire wear, and agreater possibility of damage from roadhazards.Keep your tire pressure at the correctlevels. If one frequently needs inflating,have it inspected.

qTire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires ifirregular wear develops. According to thescheduled maintenance charts.Refer toScheduled Maintenance on page 8-3.During rotation, inspect them for correctbalance.

Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY) spare tire in rotation.

Forward

Also, inspect them for uneven wear anddamage. Abnormal wear is usually causedby one or a combination of the following:

l Incorrect tire pressure

l Improper wheel alignmentl Out-of-balance wheell Severe braking

After rotation, inflate all tire pressures tospecification (page 10-8) and inspect thelug nuts for tightness.

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tires and radialtires that have an asymmetrical treadpattern or studs only from front torear, not from side to side. Tireperformance will be reduced ifrotated from side to side.

qReplacing a Tire

WARNINGAlways use tires that are in goodcondition:

Driving with worn tires is dangerous.Reduced braking, steering, andtraction could result in an accident.

CAUTION(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)When replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

8-36


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (323,1)

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)l When tires with steel wire reinforcement in

the sidewalls are used, the system may notfunction correctly even with a genuinewheel.Refer to System Error Activation on page5-31.

l Be sure to install the tire pressure sensorswhenever tires or wheels are replaced.Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-31.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicatorwill appear as a solid band across thetread.Replace the tire when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace it before the band isacross the entire tread.

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they arenot being used on the road. It is recommendedthat tires generally be replaced when they are6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climatesor frequent high loading conditions canaccelerate the aging process. You shouldreplace the spare tire when you replace theother road tires due to the aging of the sparetire. Regarding the manufacturing week andyear is indicated with 4 digit.Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-23.

qTemporary Spare Tire

Inspect the temporary spare tire at leastmonthly to make sure it's properly inflatedand stored.

NOTEThe temporary spare tire condition graduallydeteriorates even if it has not been used.

The temporary spare tire is easier tohandle because of its construction whichis lighter and smaller than a conventionaltire. This tire should be used only for anemergency and only for a short distance.

Use the temporary spare tire only until theconventional tire is repaired, which shouldbe as soon as possible.

Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2kgf/cm2 or bar, 60 psi).

CAUTIONØ Do not use your temporary spare

tire rim with a snow tire or aconventional tire. Neither willproperly fit and could damageboth tire and rim.

Ø The temporary spare tire has atread life of less than 5,000 km(3,000 miles). The tread life maybe shorter depending on drivingconditions.

Ø The temporary spare tire is forlimited use, however, if the treadwear solid-band indicatorappears, replace the tire with thesame type of temporary spare(page 8-36).


Owner Maintenance

8-37


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (324,1)

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they arenot being used on the road. It is recommendedthat tires generally be replaced when they are6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climatesor frequent high loading conditions canaccelerate the aging process. You shouldreplace the spare tire when you replace theother road tires due to the aging of the sparetire. Regarding the manufacturing week andyear is indicated with 4 digit.Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-23.

qReplacing a Wheel

WARNINGAlways use wheels of the correct sizeon your vehicle:

Using a wrong-sized wheel isdangerous. Braking and handlingcould be affected, leading to loss ofcontrol and an accident.

CAUTIONØ A wrong-sized wheel may

adversely affect:Ø Tire fitØ Wheel and bearing lifeØ Ground clearanceØ Snow-chain clearanceØ Speedometer calibrationØ Headlight aimØ Bumper heightØ Tire Pressure Monitoring

SystemØ Limited-Slip Differential System

Ø (With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)Ø When replacing/repairing the

tires or wheels or both, have thework done by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer, or the tirepressure sensors may bedamaged.

Ø The wheels equipped on yourMazda are specially designedfor installation of the tirepressure sensors. Do not usenon-genuine wheels, otherwiseit may not be possible to installthe tire pressure sensors.

NOTEBe sure to install the tire pressure sensorswhenever tires or wheels are replaced. Refer toTires and Wheels on page 5-31.

When replacing a wheel, make sure thenew one is the same as the original factorywheel in diameter, rim width, and offset.

Proper tire balancing provides the bestriding comfort and helps reduce treadwear. Out-of-balance tires can causevibration and uneven wear, such ascupping and flat spots.

8-38


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (325,1)

Light Bulbs

Side turn signal lights

Rear turn signal lights

License plate lightOverhead light/Map lights (Front)

Headlights (Low beam)

Fog lights

Brake lights/Taillights

Reverse lights

High-mount brake light

Trunk light

4 Door

5 Door

Overhead light (Rear)

Overhead light/Map lights (Front)

Headlights (Low beam)


Fog lights

License plate light



Rear turn signal lights

Brake lights/Taillights

Reverse lights

Some models.

Front turn signal lights/Side-marker lights

Headlights (High beam)

Front turn signal lights/Side-marker lights

Headlights (High beam) Luggage

compartment light


Owner Maintenance

8-39


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (326,1)

WARNINGDo not replace the xenon fusion bulbsyourself:

Replacing the xenon fusion bulbsyourself is dangerous. Because thexenon fusion bulbs require highvoltage, you could receive an electricshock if the bulbs are handledincorrectly. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer when the replacementis necessary.

Never touch the glass portion of ahalogen bulb with your bare hands andalways wear eye protection whenhandling or working around the bulbs:

When a halogen bulb breaks, it isdangerous. These bulbs containpressurized gas. If one is broken, itwill explode and serious injuriescould be caused by the flying glass.If the glass portion is touched withbare hands, body oil could cause thebulb to overheat and explode whenlit.

Always keep halogen bulbs out of thereach of children:

Playing with a halogen bulb isdangerous. Serious injuries could becaused by dropping a halogen bulbor breaking it some other way.

qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs

Replacing headlight bulbs

(Without turbocharger)

1. Make sure the ignition switch is turnedoff and the headlight switch is off.

2. Lift the hood.

3. When replacing the left headlight bulb,turn the cover screws counterclockwiseand remove them with the cover.

Cover

4. Find the high and low beam bulbs inthe rear of the headlight unit.The outboard bulb is the LOW beam,and the inboard one is the HIGH beam.Refer to Light Bulbs on page 8-39.

(With turbocharger)

1. Make sure the ignition switch is turnedoff and the headlight switch is off.

2. Lift the hood.

8-40


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (327,1)

3. Perform the following procedure whenreplacing the left headlight bulb.Remove the clip, grasp the attachedarea of the slide mount and lift itupward, and then slide the slide mountto a position where it does not interferewith the frame.

Clip

Slide mount

Frame

Attached area

4. Remove the strap and raise the airfilter.

Strap

5. Find the high and low beam bulbs inthe rear of the headlight unit.The outboard bulb is the LOW beam,and the inboard one is the HIGH beam.Refer to Light Bulbs on page 8-39.

High-beam bulb

1. Turn the socket and bulb assemblycounterclockwise and remove it.Carefully remove the headlight bulbfrom its socket in the reflector bygently pulling it straight backward outof the socket.

2. Disconnect the bulb from the electricalconnector by pressing the tab on theconnector with your finger and pullingthe bulb upward.


Owner Maintenance

8-41


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (328,1)

3. Install the new bulb in the reverse orderof removal.

NOTEl To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized

Mazda Dealer.l If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,

it should be cleaned with rubbing alcoholbefore being used.

l Use the protective cover and carton for thereplacement bulb to dispose of the old bulbpromptly and out of the reach of children.

Low-beam bulb

(Xenon fusion bulb)You cannot replace the low beam bulbs byyourself.The bulbs must be replaced at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

(Halogen bulb)

1. Detach the electrical connector fromthe bulb by pulling it to the rear.

2. Pull off the sealing cover.

3. Unhook the bulb retaining spring.

4. Swing the retaining spring out andaway to free the headlight bulb.

5. Carefully remove the headlight bulbfrom the socket by pulling it straightback.

6. Replace the bulb.






l When reinstalling the sealing cover, makesure faces up.

8-42


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (329,1)

Replacing a fog light bulbsí

1. Turn the screw counterclockwise andremove it and then partially peel backthe mudguard.

2. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pressing the tab onthe connector with your finger andpulling the connector downward.

3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly toremove it. Carefully remove the bulbfrom its socket in the reflector bygently pulling it straight back out of thesocket.






Front turn signal lights/Side-markerlights

Due to the complexity and difficulty ofthe procedure, the bulbs should bereplaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.


1. Slide the unit as shown in the figure toremove it.

2. Detach the electrical connector fromthe unit by pulling it to the rear.

3. Install the new side turn signal unit inthe reverse order of removal.

NOTEBulb replacement is not possible because it isbuilt into the unit. Replace the unit.


Owner Maintenance

8-43íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (330,1)

Brake lights/Taillights (4 Door)

With LED bulb

Due to the complexity and difficulty ofthe procedure, the LED bulbs should bereplaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTELED bulb replacement is not possible. Therear combination component must be replaced.

With Non-LED bulb

1. Pull the center of each plastic retainerand remove the retainers and the trunkend trim.

Removal

Installation

2. Pull the center of each plastic retainer,then remove the retainers, and thenpartially open the trunk side trim.

Removal

Installation

3. Turn the socket and bulb assemblycounterclockwise and remove it.

4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.


NOTETo replace the bulb, contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Brake lights/Taillights (5 Door)

With LED bulb


NOTELED bulb replacement is not possible. Therear combination component must be replaced.

8-44


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (331,1)

With Non-LED bulb

1. Remove the cover.

Left side

Right side





Rear turn signal lights (4 Door)

1. Pull the center of each plastic retainer,and then remove the retainers and thetrunk end trim.

Removal

Installation

2. Pull the center of each plastic retainerand remove the retainers, and thenpartially open the trunk side trim.

Removal

Installation



Owner Maintenance

8-45


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (332,1)




Rear turn signal lights (5 Door)


Left side

Right side





8-46


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (333,1)

Reverse lights

4 Door

1. Pull the center section of the plasticretainer and remove the retainers, andthen remove the trunk rear trim.

Removal

Installation





5 Door







4 Door

1. Pull the center of each plastic retainer,and then remove the retainers and thetrunk rear trim.

Removal

Installation

2. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the socket.


Owner Maintenance

8-47


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (334,1)





5 Door

With LED bulb


With Non-LED bulb

1. Remove the liftgate upper trim.

2. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the socket.





License plate lights

1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a softcloth to prevent damage to the lens,and then remove the lens by carefullyprying on the edge of the lens with aflathead screwdriver.

8-48


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (335,1)

2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.

Edge


qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs

Overhead light/Map lights (Front)í

Due to the complexity and difficulty ofthe procedure, the bulbs should bereplaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.


1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver witha soft cloth to prevent damage to thelens, and then remove the lens bycarefully prying on the edge of the lenswith the flathead screwdriver.


Edge


Trunk light (4 Door)

1. Press both sides of the lens cap toremove it.



Luggage compartment light (5 Door)

1. Insert your finger as shown in thefigure and remove the unit.

2. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver witha soft cloth to prevent damage to thelens, and then remove the lens bycarefully prying on the edge of the lenswith the flathead screwdriver.


Owner Maintenance

8-49íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (336,1)



FusesYour vehicle's electrical system isprotected by fuses.

If any lights, accessories, or controls don'twork, inspect the appropriate circuitprotector. If a fuse has blown, the insideelement will be melted.

If the same fuse blows again, avoid usingthat system and consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

qFuse Replacement

Replacing the fuses on the frontpassenger's side below the glove box

If the electrical system does not work,first inspect the fuses on the frontpassenger's side below the glove box.

1. Turn off the ignition switch and otherswitches.


8-50


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (337,1)

3. Turn the knobs counterclockwise andlower the fuse block.

4. Locate the position of the suspectedfuse by using the chart inside the fuseblock cover.

5. Pull the fuse straight out with the fusepuller provided on the inside of theengine compartment fuse block cover.

6. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it'sblown.

Normal Blown

7. Insert a new fuse of the same amperagerating, and make sure it fits tightly. If itdoes not fit tightly, have an expertinstall it. We recommend anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.If you have no spare fuses, borrow oneof the same rating from a circuit notessential to vehicle operation, such asthe MIRROR or CIGAR circuit.

CAUTIONAlways replace a fuse with one of thesame rating. Otherwise you maydamage the electric system.

Replacing the fuses under the hood

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work and the fuses inthe cabin are normal, inspect the fuseblock under the hood. If a fuse is blown, itmust be replaced. Follow these steps:

1. Turn off the ignition switch and allother switches.


Owner Maintenance

8-51


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (338,1)

2. Remove the fuse block cover.

3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse isblown, replace it with a new one of thesame amperage rating.

Normal Blown

WARNINGDo not replace the main fuse byyourself. Have an Authorized MazdaDealer perform the replacement:

Replacing the fuse by yourself isdangerous because the MAIN fuse isa high current fuse. Incorrectreplacement could cause an electricalshock or a short circuit resulting in afire.

Main fuse

8-52


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (339,1)

qFuse Panel Description

Fuse block (Engine compartment)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7 8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20 21

22

23

24

25

26 27

28

29

30 31

32

33

34

35

36


DESCRIPTION FUSE RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT

1 FAN 40A Cooling fan

2 P/ST 80A Power steering

3 BTN 40A For protection of various circuits

4 HEAD 40A Headlights

5 PTC ― ―

6 GLOW/P.SEAT 30A Power seat

7 ABS 1 30A ABSí, DSCí

8 ABS 2 20A ABSí, DSCí

9 ENGINE 30A For protection of various circuits

10 ― ― ―

11 IG KEY 1 30A Ignition switch

12 STARTER 20A Starter clutch

13 IG KEY 2 30A Ignition switch

14 GLOW 1 ― ―

15 HEATER 40A Blower motor

16 GLOW 2 ― ―

17 DEFOG 40A Rear window defroster


Owner Maintenance

8-53íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (340,1)


18 AUDIO 30AAudio system(BOSE® Sound System-equipped model)

19 ABS IG 10A ABSí, DSCí

20 FOG 15A Front fog lightsí

21 HORN 15A Horn

22 DRL 10A DRLí

23 H/CLEAN ― ―

24 F/PUMP 15A Fuel pump

25 P/ST IG 10A Power steering

26 A/C MAG 10A Air conditionerí

27 ALT/TCM 15A TCMí

28 GLOW SIG ― ―

29 P.OUTLET 15A Power outlet

30 ENG +B 10A PCM

31 ROOM 15A Interior lights

32 ENG BAR 4 10A O2 sensorsí

33 ENG BAR 3 10A O2 sensors

34 EGI INJ 10A Injector

35 ENG BAR 1 10A For protection of various circuits

36 ENG BAR 2 10A PCM , Fuel pump

With turbocharger


1 FAN 70A Cooling fan

2 ― ― ―

3 BTN 40A For protection of various circuits

4 HEAD 40A Headlights

5 F/PUMP 30A Fuel pump

6 ― ― ―

7 ABS 1 30A ABS, DSC

8 ABS 2 20A ABS, DSC


10 INJECTOR 30A Fuel injector

11 IG KEY1 30A Ignition switch

12 STARTER 20A Starter clutch

13 IG KEY2 30A Ignition switch

14 ― ― ―

15 HEATER 40A Blower motor

16 ― ― ―

17 DEFOG 40A Rear window defroster

18 AUDIO 30AAudio system(BOSE® Sound System-equipped model)

8-54


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (341,1)


19 ABS IG 10A ABS

20 FOG 15A Front fog lights

21 HORN 15A Horn

22 DRL 10A DRLí

23 H/CLEAN ― ―

24 ETC 10A Elec. throttle valve

25 ― ― ―

26 A/C MAG 10A Air conditioner

27 ― ― ―

28 ― ― ―

29 P.OUTLET 15A Power outlet

30 ENG +B 10A PCM

31 ROOM 15A Interior lights

32 ― ― ―

33 ENG BAR 3 10A O2 sensors

34 ― ― ―

35 ENG BAR 1 15A For protection of various circuits

36 ENG BAR 2 10A PCM, Fuel pump


Owner Maintenance

8-55íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (342,1)

Fuse block (Passenger's side)

37 38 39 40 4142

43 44 4546 47 48 49 50 515253 54 55 56 5758 59 60 61 62 63 64

65 66 67 68 69 70 7172 737475 76 77 78 79808182 83 84 85 86


37 D/LOCK 2 15A Double locking systemí

38 STOP LAMP/HORN 10A Stop Lamp, Horn

39 HEAD HIGH L 10A Headlight high beam (LH)

40 HEAD HIGH R 10A Headlight high beam (RH)

41 ― ― ―

42 ― ― ―

43 CIGAR 15A Lighter

44 RADIO 7.5A Audio system

45 MIRROR 10A Power mirrorí

46 TAIL R 7.5ATaillight (RH), Parking light (RH), Licenseplate lights

47 OBD 10A For protection of various circuits

48 ― ― ―

49 TR/LOCK ― ―

50 ― ― ―

51 ― ― ―

52 SUN ROOF 20A Moonroofí

53 WASHER 20A Windshield wiper and washer

54 ― ― ―

55 P/WIND R ― ―

8-56


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (343,1)


56 P/WIND L ― ―

57 ALARM ― ―

58 M/DEF 7.5A Mirror Defrosterí

59 ― ― ―

60 HEAD LOW R 15A Headlight low beam (RH), Headlight leveling

61 HEAD LOW L 15A Headlight low beam (LH)

62 ― ― ―

63 ― ― ―

64 ― ― ―

65 SAS 10A Supplemental restraint system

66 METER 10A Instrument cluster, Immobilizer system

67 IGNITION 20A ABSí, DSCí, Power steering

68 WIPER 20A Windshield wiper and washer


70 IG SIG 10A Auto wiperí, Power window switchí

71 SAS 2 7.5A Seat weight sensor

72 ― ― ―

73 ― ― ―

74 SEAT WARM 20A Seat warmerí

75 D/LOCK 1 25A Power door lockí

76 A/C 10A Air conditionerí, Heater control unit

77 P/WIND L 30A Power window (LH)í

78 P/WIND R 30A Power window (RH)í

79 BACK 10A Reverse lights

80 SUN ROOF 7.5A Moonroofí

81 TAIL L 7.5A Taillight (LH), Parking light (LH)

82 ILLUMI 7.5A Illumination

83 ― ― ―

84 ― ― ―

85 ― ― ―

86 ― ― ―


Owner Maintenance

8-57íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (344,1)

How to MinimizeEnvironmental Paint Damage

The paintwork on your Mazda representsthe latest technical developments incomposition and methods of application.

Environmental hazards, however, canharm the paint's protective properties, ifproper care is not taken.

Here are some examples of possibledamage, with tips on how to preventthem.

qEtching Caused by Acid Rain orIndustrial Fallout

Occurrence

Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissionsdrift into the air and mix with rain or dewto form acids. These acids can settle on avehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,the acid becomes concentrated and candamage the finish.And the longer the acid remains on thesurface, the greater the chance is fordamage.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou suspect that acid rain has settled onyour vehicle's finish.

qDamage Caused by BirdDropping, Insects, or Tree Sap

Occurrence

Bird droppings contain acids. If thesearen't removed they can eat away the clearand color base coat of the vehicle'spaintwork.

When insects stick to the paint surfaceand decompose, corrosive compoundsform. These can erode the clear and colorbase coat of the vehicle's paintwork ifthey are not removed.

Tree sap will harden and adherepermanently to the paint finish. If youscratch the sap off while it is hard, somevehicle paint could come off with it.

Prevention

It is necessary to have your Mazdawashed and waxed to preserve its finishaccording to the instructions in thissection. This should be done as soon aspossible.

Bird droppings can be removed with asoft sponge and water. If you are travelingand these are not available, a moistenedtissue may also take care of the problem.The cleaned area should be waxedaccording to the instructions in thissection.Insects and tree sap are best removed witha soft sponge and water or a commerciallyavailable chemical cleaner.

Another method is to cover the affectedarea with dampened newspaper for one totwo hours. After removing the newspaper,rinse off the loosened debris with water.

8-58


Appearance Care


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (345,1)

qWater Marks

Occurrence

Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water cancontain harmful minerals such as salt andlime. If moisture containing theseminerals settles on the vehicle andevaporates, the minerals will concentrateand harden to form white rings. The ringscan damage your vehicle's finish.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou find water marks on your vehicle'sfinish.

qPaint Chipping

Occurrence

Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrownin the air by another vehicle's tires hitsyour vehicle.

How to avoid paint chipping

Keeping a safe distance between you andthe vehicle ahead reduces the chances ofhaving your paint chipped by flyinggravel.

NOTEl The paint chipping zone varies with the

speed of the vehicle. For example, whentraveling at 90 km/h (56 mph), the paintchipping zone is 50 m (164 ft).

l In low temperatures a vehicle's finishhardens. This increases the chance of paintchipping.

l Chipped paint can lead to rust forming onyour Mazda. Before this happens, repair thedamage by using Mazda touch-up paintaccording to the instructions in this section.Failure to repair the affected area couldlead to serious rusting and expensiverepairs.


Appearance Care

8-59


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (346,1)

Exterior CareFollow all label and container directionswhen using a chemical cleaner or polish.Read all warnings and cautions.

qMaintaining the Finish

Washing

CAUTIONWhen the wiper lever is in the AUTOposition and the ignition switch is inthe ON position, the wipers maymove automatically in the followingcases:Ø If the windshield above the rain


sensor is wiped with a cloth.Ø If the windshield is struck with a

hand or other object.Ø If the rain sensor is struck with a

hand or other object from insidethe vehicle.

Be careful not to pinch hands orfingers as it may cause injury, ordamage the wipers. When washingor servicing your Mazda, make surethe wiper lever is in the OFF position.

To help protect the finish from rust anddeterioration, wash your Mazdathoroughly and frequently, at least once amonth, with lukewarm or cold water.

If the vehicle is washed improperly, thepaint surface could be scratched. Here aresome examples of how scratching couldoccur.

Scratches occur on the paint surfacewhen:l The vehicle is washed without firstrinsing off dirt and other foreignmatter.

l The vehicle is washed with a rough,dry, or dirty cloth.

l The vehicle is washed at a car washthat uses brushes that are dirty or toostiff.

l Cleansers or wax containing abrasivesare used.

NOTEl Mazda is not responsible for scratches

caused by automatic car washes orimproper washing.

l Scratches are more noticeable on vehicleswith darker paint finishes.

To minimize scratches on the vehicle'spaint finish:l Rinse off any dirt or other foreignmatter using lukewarm or cold waterbefore washing.

l Use plenty of lukewarm or cold waterand a soft cloth when washing thevehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.

l Rub gently when washing or drying thevehicle.

l Take your vehicle only to a car washthat keeps its brushes well maintained.

l Don't use abrasive cleansers or waxthat contain abrasives.

8-60


Appearance Care


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (347,1)

CAUTIONØ Don't use steel wool, abrasive

cleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay damage the protectivecoating; also, cleaners anddetergents may discolor ordeteriorate the paint.

Ø To prevent damaging the antenna,remove it before entering a carwash facility or passing beneath alow overhead clearance.

Pay special attention to removing salt,dirt, mud, and other foreign material fromthe underside of the fenders, and makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial fallout, and similar deposits candamage the finish if not removedimmediately. When prompt washing withplain water is ineffective, use a mild soapmade for use on vehicles.

Thoroughly rinse off all soap withlukewarm or cold water. Don't allow soapto dry on the finish.

After washing the vehicle, dry it with aclean chamois to prevent water spots fromforming.

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance is normal:


Waxing

Your vehicle needs to be waxed whenwater no longer beads on the finish.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.

1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.Waxes containing abrasive will removepaint and could damage bright metalparts.

2. Use a good grade of natural wax formetallic, mica, and solid colors.

3. When waxing, coat evenly with thesponge supplied or a soft cloth.

4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.

NOTEA spot remover to remove oil, tar, and similarmaterials will usually also take off the wax.Rewax these areas even if the rest of thevehicle doesn't need it.


Appearance Care

8-61


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (348,1)

qRepairing Damage to the Finish

Deep scratches or chips on the finishshould be repaired promptly. Exposedmetal quickly rusts and can lead to majorrepairs.

CAUTIONIf your Mazda is damaged and needsmetal parts repaired or replaced,make sure the body shop appliesanti-corrosion materials to all parts,both repaired and new. This willprevent them from rusting.

qBright-Metal Maintenance

l Use tar remover to remove road tar andinsects. Never do this with a knife orsimilar tool.

l To prevent corrosion on bright-metalsurfaces, apply wax or chromepreservative and rub it to a high luster.

l During cold weather or in coastal areas,cover bright-metal parts with a coatingof wax or preservative heavier thanusual. It would also help to coat themwith noncorrosive petroleum jelly orsome other protective compound.

CAUTIONDon't use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated or anodizedaluminum parts. This may result indamage to the protective coating andcause discoloration or paintdeterioration.

qUnderbody Maintenance

Road chemicals and salt used for ice andsnow removal and solvents used for dustcontrol may collect on the underbody. Ifnot removed, they will speed up rustingand deterioration of such underbody partsas fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaustsystem, even though these parts may becoated with anti-corrosive material.

Thoroughly flush the underbody andwheel housings with lukewarm or coldwater at the end of each winter. Try alsoto do this every month.

Pay special attention to these areasbecause they easily hide mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wetdown the road grime without removingit.

The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,and frame members have drain holes thatshould not be clogged. Water trappedthere will cause rusting.

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance is normal:


8-62


Appearance Care


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (349,1)

qAluminumWheel Maintenance

A protective coating is provided over thealuminum wheels. Special care is neededto protect this coating.

NOTEl Do not use a wire brush or any abrasive

cleaner, polishing compound, or solvent onaluminum wheels. They may damage thecoating.

l Only use a mild soap or neutral detergentand always use a sponge or soft cloth toclean the wheels.Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or coldwater. Also, be sure to clean the wheelsafter driving on dusty or salted roads. Thishelps prevent corrosion.

l Avoid washing your vehicle in an automaticcar wash that uses high-speed or hardbrushes.

l If your aluminum wheels lose luster, waxthe wheels.

(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)Check special requirements for Tire PressureMonitoring System.Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-31.

Interior Care

qDashboard Precautions

Prevent caustic solutions such as perfumeand cosmetic oils from contacting thedashboard. They'll damage and discolor it.If these solutions get on the dashboard,wipe them off immediately.

CAUTIONDo not use glazing agents.Glazing agents contain ingredientswhich may cause discoloration,wrinkling, cracks and peeling.

qCleaning the Upholstery andInterior Trim

Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinylcleaner.

Leatherí

Real leather isn't uniform and may havescars, scratches, and wrinkles. Clean itwith a leather cleaner or mild soap.

Wipe it with a damp soft cloth; then dryand buff it with a dry soft cloth.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean it with a mild soap solution goodfor upholstery and carpets. Remove freshspots immediately with a fabric spotcleaner.


Appearance Care

8-63íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (350,1)

To keep the fabric looking clean andfresh, take care of it. Otherwise its colorwill be affected, it can be stained easily,and its fire-resistance may be reduced.

CAUTIONUse only recommended cleaners andprocedures. Others may affectappearance and fire-resistance.

Piano black panelí

The following parts are fitted with panelsthat have been treated with a specialcoating that resists scratching.l Instrument panel side garnishl Center panell Door switch panell Steering wheel (partial)When the panel needs to be cleaned, use asoft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface.

NOTEScratches or nicks on the panels resulting fromthe use of a hard brush or cloth may not berepairable.

qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder BeltWebbing

Clean the webbing with a mild soapsolution recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleachor dye the webbing; this may weaken it.

After cleaning the belts, thoroughly drythe belt webbing and make sure there isno remaining moisture before retractingthem.

WARNINGHave an Authorized Mazda Dealerreplace damaged seat beltsimmediately:

Using damaged seat belts isdangerous. In a collision, damagedbelts cannot provide adequateprotection.

qCleaning the Window Interiors

If the windows become covered with anoily, greasy, or waxy film, clean themwith glass cleaner. Follow the directionson the container.

CAUTIONDon't scrape or scratch the inside ofthe rear window. You may damagethe rear window defroster grid.

8-64


íSome models.

Appearance Care


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (351,1)

9 Customer Information and ReportingSafety Defects

Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

Customer Assistance ............................... 9-2Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ............ 9-2Customer Assistance (Canada) ........... 9-5Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) .... 9-8Customer Assistance (Mexico) ........... 9-9

Mazda Importer/Distributors ............... 9-11Importer/Distributor .......................... 9-11Distributor in Each Area ................... 9-11

Warranty ................................................ 9-13Warranties for Your Mazda ............... 9-13Outside the United States .................. 9-14Outside Canada ................................. 9-15Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry (Except United States andCanada) ............................................. 9-16Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ....................................... 9-17

Cell Phones ............................................. 9-18Cell Phones Warning ......................... 9-18

Type Approval of Equipment ............... 9-19Type Approval of Equipment ............ 9-19

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System(UTQGS) ................................................ 9-21

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System(UTQGS) .......................................... 9-21

Tire Information (U.S.A.) ..................... 9-23Tire Labeling ..................................... 9-23Location of the Tire Label(Placard) ............................................ 9-29Tire Maintenance .............................. 9-32Vehicle Loading ................................ 9-35Steps for Determining the Correct LoadLimit: ................................................ 9-42

Reporting Safety Defects ....................... 9-43Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .... 9-43Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ... 9-44

Service Publications .............................. 9-45Service Publications .......................... 9-45

9-1


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (352,1)

Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. AllAuthorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehiclein top condition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

NOTEIf it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraintsystem modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with acertified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue.l If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER ofthe dealership or the OWNER.

l If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementaryrestraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions inaccordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.

qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations

If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealershipmanagement and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for thesupplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medicalconditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda North AmericanOperations by one of the following ways.

Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com

Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership inthe U.S., can be found here.

E-mail: click on “Contact Us” located on the “Inside Mazda” tab, or at the bottom of thepage at www.mazdaUSA.com

By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500

9-2

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Customer Assistance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (353,1)

By letter at:Attn: Customer AssistanceMazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734

In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the followinginformation:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number

2. Year and model of vehicle

3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located onthe upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage

5. Your dealer's name and location

6. Your question(s)

If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.

qSTEP 3: Contact Better Business Bureau (BBB)

Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may notbe possible. As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered, MazdaNorth American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement programadministered by the Better Business Bureau (BBB) system, at no cost to you the consumer.

BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach amutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns. If the BBB is not able tofacilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator.

You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seekingremedies under the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2301 et seq. To theextent permitted by the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are also required to resort toBBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the “LemonLaw”. If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson-Moss WarrantyAct or the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are not required to first use BBB AUTOLINE.


Customer Assistance

9-3


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (354,1)

The whole process normally takes 40 days or less. The arbitration decision is not bindingon you or Mazda else you accept the decision. For more information about BBB AUTOLINE, including current eligibility standards, please call 1-800-955-5100 or visit the BBBwebsite at www.lemonlaw.bbb.org.

Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda. We hopeto satisfy every customer directly, but if there is ever a question about our decision, Mazdabelieves in providing a fast, fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensureMazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers!

9-4


Customer Assistance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (355,1)

Customer Assistance (Canada)

qSatisfaction Review Process

Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All AuthorizedMazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. Inour experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of yourMazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by yourdealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normaldealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager hasalready reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its GeneralManager.

qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office

If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange foryou to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact MazdaCanada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office addressand phone numbers are shown (page 9-7).

qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department

If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, MazdaCanada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)263-4680.Provide the Department with the following information:

1. Your name, address and telephone number


3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels” pageof section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.

4. Purchase date

5. Present odometer reading


7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction

The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will reviewthe case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.


Customer Assistance

9-5


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (356,1)

Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use ofyour Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow theabove three steps in sequence for most effective results.

qMediation/Arbitration Program

Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's CustomerSatisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is stillnot resolved, you have another option.

Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you abouthow your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party throughbinding arbitration.

Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving thatgoal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as theaward is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.

qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)

If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,Mazda, and/or one of it's dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wishto use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).

CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in schedulingand preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed withCAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.

9-6


Customer Assistance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (357,1)

CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact theProvincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:

Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300North York, OntarioM2J 4Y8http://camvap.caProvincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:

Province/Territory CAMVAP Number

British Columbia & Yukon Territories 1 (800) 207-0685

Alberta & Northwest Territories 1 (800) 207-0685

Saskatchewan 1 (800) 207-0685

Manitoba 1 (800) 207-0685

Ontario 1 (800) 207-0685

Atlantic Canada 1 (800) 207-0685

Quebec 1 (800) 207-0685

qRegional Offices

REGIONAL OFFICES AREAS COVERED

MAZDA CANADA INC.WESTERN REGION

8171 ACKROYD ROADSUITE 2000

RICHMOND B.C.V6X 3K1

(604) 303-5670

ALBERTA,BRITISH COLUMBIA,

MANITOBA,SASKATCHEWAN,

YUKON

MAZDA CANADA INC.CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION

55 VOGELL ROAD,RICHMOND HILL,ONTARIO, L4B 3K5

(905) 787-7000

ONTARIO

MAZDA CANADA INC.QUEBEC REGION

6111 ROUTE TRANSCANADIENNE

POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBECH9R 5A5

(514) 694-6390

QUEBEC,NEW BRUNSWICK,NOVA SCOTIA,

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,NEWFOUNDLAND


Customer Assistance

9-7


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (358,1)

Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all AuthorizedMazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in topcondition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qSTEP 1

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERALMANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.

qSTEP 2

If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact yourarea's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).

Please help us by providing the following information:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number


3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located onthe upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage


6. Your question(s)

9-8


Customer Assistance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (359,1)

Customer Assistance (Mexico)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. AllAuthorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehiclein top condition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue.l If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER ofthe dealership or the OWNER.

l If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementaryrestraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions inaccordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.

qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda Motor de Mexico

If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealershipmanagement and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for thesupplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medicalconditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda Motor de Mexicoby one of the following ways.

Log on: at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx

Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership inMexico, can be found here.

E-mail: click on “Contactanos” at the top of the page at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx

By phone at: 1 (866) 315 0220

By letter at:Attn: Customer AssistanceMazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734


Customer Assistance

9-9


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (360,1)

In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the followinginformation:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number2. Year and model of vehicle3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on

the upper driver's side corner of the dash)4. Purchase date and current mileage5. Your dealer's name and location6. Your question(s)

9-10


Customer Assistance


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (361,1)

Importer/Distributor

qU.S.A.

Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)

Distributor in Each Area

qCANADA

Mazda Canada Inc.55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,Ontario, L4B 3K5 CanadaTEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)

qPUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island

Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de PuertoRico)P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico00936-2722TEL: (787) 641-9300

qMEXICO

Mazda Motor de MexicoCircuito Guillermo Gonzalez Camarena N1500 Col. Centro de Ciudad Santa Fe.01210, Mexico, D.F.TEL: Center of Attention to Clients:01 (800) 016 2932. in Mexico

qGUAM

Triple J Motors157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,GUAM 96911 USAP.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931TEL: (671) 649-6555

qSAIPAN

Pacific International Marianas, Inc.(d.b.a. Midway Motors)P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950TEL: (670) 234-7524


Mazda Importer/Distributors

9-11


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (362,1)

Triple J Saipan, Inc.(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051

qAMERICAN SAMOA

Polynesia Motors, Inc.P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, AmericanSamoa 96799TEL: (684) 699-9347

9-12


Mazda Importer/Distributors


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (363,1)

Warranties for Your Mazdal New Vehicle Limited Warrantyl Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)l Safety Restraint System Limited Warrantyl Anti-perforation Limited Warrantyl Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)

l Emission Defect Warrantyl Emission Performance Warranty

l California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)l Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)l Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warrantyl Tire Warranty

NOTEDetailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.


Warranty

9-13


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (364,1)

Outside the United StatesGovernment regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specificemission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the UnitedStates may differ from those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canadapermanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible forexportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety requirements (CMVSS).

NOTEThe above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers onvacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the UnitedStates:l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.

l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not beavailable.

Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.

9-14


Warranty


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (365,1)

Outside CanadaGovernment regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emissionregulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differfrom those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United Statespermanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to theUnited States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).

NOTEThe above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers onvacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.

l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not beavailable.

Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.


Warranty

9-15


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (366,1)

Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (ExceptUnited States and Canada)

Government regulations in your country could require that automobiles meet specificemission and safety standards.Vehicles built for your country may differ from those built for other countries. In additionto registration problems, satisfactory service may be difficult or even impossible in anothercountry.

The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.

Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may beunavailable.

There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take yourvehicle.

The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.

9-16


Warranty


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (367,1)

Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and AccessoriesNon-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazdavehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect yourvehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before youinstall any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

WARNINGAlways consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts oraccessories:

Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designedparts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safetysystems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances ofinjuries in an accident.

Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such asmobile telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:

Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing animproper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing enginestalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.

Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from theinstallation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.


Warranty

9-17


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (368,1)

Cell Phones Warning

WARNINGPlease comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communicationequipment in vehicles in your State or Province:

Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehiclenavigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use ofthese devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a seriousaccident. If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safearea before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a hands-free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cellphone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead,concentrate on the full-time job of driving.

9-18


Cell Phones


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (369,1)

Type Approval of Equipment

Immobilizer system



9-19


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (370,1)

Keyless entry system

9-20




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (371,1)

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, andtemperature performance.

qTread Wear

The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specified government test course.For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

qTraction-AA, A, B, C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) tractiontests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peaktraction characteristics.

qTemperature-A, B, C

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tirelife, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.

Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meetunder the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required bylaw.


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)

9-21


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (372,1)

WARNINGKeep your vehicle's tires properly inflated and not overloaded:

Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.

These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next severalyears according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.

The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may varywith respect to grade.

ALL PASSENGERVEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES ANDTO ALL OTHER FEDERALTIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.

qUniform Tire Quality Grading

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width.For example:Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

UTQGS MARK (example)

9-22


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (373,1)

Tire LabelingFederal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall ofall tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tireand also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case ofa recall.

qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires

Please refer to the diagram below.

1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number

2. Passenger car tire

3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

5. Radial

6. Rim diameter code

7. Load index & speed symbol

8. Severe snow conditions

9. Tire ply composition and materials used

10. Max. load rating


Tire Information (U.S.A.)

9-23


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (374,1)

11. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades

12. Max. permissible inflation pressure

13. SAFETY WARNING

P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanationof the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size andload index rating may be different from the example.

P

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designatedby the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

NOTEIf your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO(European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire Manufacturing Association).

215

“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives thewidth in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the largerthe number, the wider the tire.

65

“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

R

“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.

15

“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

95

“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight eachtire can support.

9-24




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (375,1)

H

“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use ofthe tire is rated.

Letter Rating Speed Rating

Q 99 mph

R 106 mph

S 112 mph

T 118 mph

U 124 mph

H 130 mph

V 149 mph

W 168* mph

Y 186* mph

* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. Fortires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.

M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow

AT: All Terrain.AS: All Season. The “M+S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use inmud and snow.

U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)

This begins with the letters “DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. Thenext two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last fournumbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codesused at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tiredefect requires a recall.

Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used

The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Ingeneral, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,and other.

Maximum Load Rating

This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried bythe tire.

Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire undernormal driving conditions.



9-25


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (376,1)

Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades

Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. Forexample, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The gradesrepresent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditionson specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire'sresistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

Snow Tires

In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with verydeeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the othertires on your vehicle.

SAFETYWARNING

The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:l EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING-MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNTTIRES.

l TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGE-FOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLYCHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.

9-26




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (377,1)

qInformation on Temporary Tires

Please refer to the diagram below.

1. Temporary tires

2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

4. Diagonal

5. Rim diameter code

6. Load index&speed symbol

T115/70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanationof the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size andload index rating may be different from the example.

T

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designatedby the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

115

“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives thewidth in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the largerthe number, the wider the tire.



9-27


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (378,1)

70

“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

D

“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.

16

“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

90

“90” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight eachtire can support.

M

“M” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use ofthe tire is rated.

Letter Rating Speed Rating

M 81 mph

9-28




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (379,1)

Location of the Tire Label (Placard)You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other importantinformation on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.

SAMPLE

qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure

On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psifor the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that theinflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure ismaintained.Refer to Tires on page 10-8.

NOTETire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended coldtire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the vehicle has been parked for at least3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire warms up, increasing the tire pressure.



9-29


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (380,1)

WARNINGAlways check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to therecommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with theinformation in this owner's manual:

Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and mayresult in severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss ofvehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexingand rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. Itresults in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tirecan lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by lookingat them.

qChecking Tire Pressure

1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold ―meaning they are nothot from driving even a mile.

2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.

3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.

4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.

5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of thevalve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.

6. Replace the valve cap.

7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.

NOTESome spare tires require higher inflation pressure.

8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded thatcould poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.

9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or otherirregularities.

NOTEWarm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires to adjust thepressure.Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

9-30




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (381,1)

qGlossary of Terms

Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, andthe maximum weight the vehicle can carry.Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providinginformation about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date ofmanufacture.Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants andcargo.Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it'smounted on the vehicle.

Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacityis described on the tire label.

Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular productionoptions weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace,and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavyduty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tirebeads are seated.



9-31


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (382,1)

Tire MaintenanceImproper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here aresome important maintenance points:

qTire Inflation Pressure

Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintainrecommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use thepressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.

qTire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregularwear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.

Forward

Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or acombination of the following:l Incorrect tire pressurel Improper wheel alignmentl Out-of-balance wheell Severe brakingAfter rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-8) and inspect the lug nutsfor tightness.

9-32




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (383,1)

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread patternor studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will beweakened if rotated from side to side.

(With limited-slip differential)Don't use the following:Ø Tires not of the designated sizeØ Tires of different sizes or types at the same timeØ Tires not sufficiently inflatedIf these instructions aren't followed, the rotation of the left and right wheels will bedifferent and will thus apply a constant load on the limited-slip differential.This will cause a malfunction.

qReplacing a Tire

WARNINGAlways use tires that are in good condition:

Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction couldresult in an accident.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. Replacethe tire when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace it before the band is across the entire tread.

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended that tiresgenerally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent highloading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace the spare tire when youreplace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. Regarding the manufacturing week andyear is indicated with 4 digit. Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-23.



9-33


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (384,1)

qSafety Practices

The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivategood driving habits for your own benefit.l Observe posted speed limitsl Avoid fast starts, stops and turnsl Avoid potholes and objects on the roadl Do no run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking

CAUTIONIf you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect yourtire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with cautionuntil you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tireis under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it withyour spare tire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearestvehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.

9-34




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (385,1)

Vehicle Loading

WARNINGDo not taw a trailer with this vehicle:

Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed totow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicledamage.

This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to keepyour loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance.Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determiningyour vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's SafetyCertification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:

WARNINGOverloaded Vehicle:

Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have seriousconsequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle'ssuspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure,handling or steering problems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases thedistance required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can failcompletely, particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is acombination of the size of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflationpressure.Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from thevehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.



9-35


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (386,1)

Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from yourdealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

PAYLOAD

Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed tocarry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and LoadInformation label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for “THECOMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVEREXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tirelabel is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If anyaftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight ofthe equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to beaccurate.

9-36




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (387,1)

SAMPLE

CARGO

Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo andoptional equipment. When towing, trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part ofcargo weight.

The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargoweight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants fromthe “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tirelabel.



9-37


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (388,1)

Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg (150 lbs), and a value of 385 kg(849 lbs) for the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ 68 kg (150 lbs) = 317 kg(699 lbs)The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ (68 × 2) kg ( (150 × 2)lbs) = 249 kg (549 lbs)If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) -including vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carriedby a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety ComplianceCertification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load oneach axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight + cargo + passengers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fullyloaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR isshown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's doorframe or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.

9-38




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (389,1)

SAMPLE

WARNINGExceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:

Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous andcould result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling,performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to thevehicle, or loss of control.Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.

Do not taw a trailer with this vehicle:Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed totow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicledamage.



9-39


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (390,1)

GCW

GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW) plus theweight of the fully loaded trailer.

GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of thevehicle and the loaded trailer - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle canhandle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicle's braking system is ratedfor operation at GVWR, not at GCWR. Separate functional brakes should be used for safecontrol of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1,500 lbs). The GCW mustnever exceed the GCWR.

Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailerthe vehicle can tow. It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options, no cargo (internal orexternal), a tongue load of 10_15% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 15_25%(fifth-wheel trailer), and driver only (150 lbs). Consult your dealership (or the RVandTrailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership) for more detailed information.Tongue Load or Fifth-Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that atrailer pushes down on a trailer hitch.

Examples: For a 5000 lb conventional trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and 0.15 to obtain aproper tongue load range of 500 to 750 lbs. For an 11,500 lb fifth-wheel trailer, multiply by0.15 and 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1,725 to 2,875 lbs.

9-40




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (391,1)

WARNINGExceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:

Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, ordamage to the vehicle.Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originalsbecause they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacementtires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWRlimitations.Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.



9-41


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (392,1)

Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit:

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit:(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should

never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle's placard.(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be

riding in your vehicle.(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg

or XXX lbs.(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load

capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and therewill be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400_ 750 (5 × 150) = 650lbs.)

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on thevehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

9-42




Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (393,1)

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda MotorCorporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your MazdaImporter/Distributor).

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. Youcan also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

NOTEIf you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to:

Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, California 92618-2922orP.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500

If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown (page 9-11) inthis booklet.


Reporting Safety Defects

9-43


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (394,1)

Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, DefectInvestigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contactTransport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.

For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm

9-44


Reporting Safety Defects


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (395,1)

Service PublicationsFactory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to dosome of their own maintenance and repair.

When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to thechart below.

If they don't have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.

PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION

9999-95-017B-09 2009 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)

9999-MX-017B-09 2009 WORKSHOP MANUAL (Spanish)

9999-95-019G-09 2009 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)

9999-MX-019G-09 2009 WIRING DIAGRAM (Spanish)

9999-95-038C-09 (U.S.A. only) 2009 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-EC-038C-09 (Canada only) 2009 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-PR-038C-09 (Puerto Rico, Mexico only) 2009 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-95-MODL-09 2009 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS

9999-95-011F-08NAV (U.S.A. only) (U.S.A. only) 2009 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-EC-011F-08NAV (Canada only) (Canada only) 2009 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

qWORKSHOP MANUAL:

Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body andchassis.

qWIRING DIAGRAM:

Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electricalsystem.

qOWNER'S MANUAL:

This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.This is not a technician's manual.

qSERVICE HIGHLIGHTS:

Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda.


Service Publications

9-45


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (396,1)

qNAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL:

This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigationsystem. This is not a technician's manual.

9-46


Service Publications


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (397,1)

10 Specifications

Technical information about your Mazda.

Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2

Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4

10-1


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (398,1)

Vehicle Information Labels

qVehicle Identification Number

The vehicle identification number legallyidentifies your vehicle. The number is ona plate attached to the cowl panel locatedon the left corner of the dashboard. Thisplate can easily be seen through thewindshield.

qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Label

qChassis Number

qVehicle Emission ControlInformation Label


With turbocharger

10-2

Identification Numbers


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (399,1)

qTire Pressure Label

qEngine Number


Forward

With turbocharger

Forward

Identification Numbers

10-3


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (400,1)

Specifications

qEngine

Item

Specification

Without turbochargerWith turbocharger

2.0-liter engine 2.3-liter engine

Type DOHC-16V in-line, 4-cylinder

Bore×Stroke87.5 × 83.1 mm(3.44 × 3.27 in)

87.5 × 94.0 mm (3.44 × 3.70 in)

Displacement1,999 ml

(1,999 cc, 122.0 cu in)2,261 ml (2,261 cc, 137.9 cu in)

Compression ratio 10.0 9.7 9.5

qElectrical System

Item Classification

BatteryWithoutturbocharger

2.0-liter engine 12V-40AH/5HR, 12V-52AH/5HR

2.3-liter engine12V-40AH/5HR, 12V-52AH/5HR,

12V-55AH/5HR

With turbocharger 12V-48AH/5HR, 12V-55AH/5HR

Spark-plug numberWithout turbocharger LFG1 18 110*1, L3Y2 18 110

With turbocharger L3K9 18 110A*1, L3Y3 18 110

Spark-plug gapWithout turbocharger 1.25―1.35 mm (0.050―0.053 in)

With turbocharger 0.70―0.80 mm (0.028―0.031 in)

*1 ex factory

NOTEWhen cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulate coating on the iridiumalloy and platinum tips could be damaged.

qLubricant Quality

Lubricant Classification

Engine Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 8-18.

Manual transaxle oil


Any temperatureAPI Service GL-4 or GL-5

SAE 75W-90

Above 10°C (50°F)API Service GL-4 or GL-5

SAE 80W-90

With turbochargerAPI Service GL-4

SAE 75W-90

Automatic transaxle fluid ATF M-V

Power steering fluid ATF M-III or equivalent (e.g. Dexron® II)

Brake/Clutch fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3

10-4

Specifications


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (401,1)

qCapacities

(Approximate Quantities)

Item Capacity

Engine oil


With oil filterreplacement

4.3 L (4.5 US qt, 3.8 Imp qt)

Without oil filterreplacement

3.9 L (4.1 US qt, 3.4 Imp qt)

With turbocharger

With oil filterreplacement

5.7 L (6.0 US qt, 5.0 Imp qt)

Without oil filterreplacement

5.3 L (5.6 US qt, 4.7 Imp qt)

Coolant 7.5 L (7.9 US qt, 6.6 Imp qt)

Manual transaxle oilWithout turbocharger 2.87 L (3.03 US qt, 2.53 Imp qt)

With turbocharger 2.5 L (2.6 US qt, 2.2 Imp qt)

Automatic transaxle fluid4-speed transaxle 7.2 L (7.6 US qt, 6.3 Imp qt)

5-speed transaxle 8.14 L (8.60 US qt, 7.16 Imp qt)

Fuel tank55.0 L

(14.5 US gal, 12.1 Imp gal)

Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.

qDimensions

ItemModel

4 Door 5 Door

Overall lengthWithoutturbocharger

STANDARD TYPE 4,505 mm (177.4 in) ―

SPORTY TYPE 4,510 mm (177.6 in) 4,490 mm (176.8 in)

With turbocharger ― 4,490 mm (176.8 in)

Overall widthWithoutturbocharger

Without side molding 1,745 mm (68.7 in) 1,745 mm (68.7 in)

With side molding 1,755 mm (69.1 in) 1,755 mm (69.1 in)


Overall height 1,465 mm (57.7 in) 1,465 mm (57.7 in)

Front treadWithout turbocharger 1,530 mm (60.2 in) 1,530 mm (60.2 in)


Rear treadWithout turbocharger 1,515 mm (59.6 in) 1,515 mm (59.6 in)


Wheelbase 2,640 mm (103.9 in) 2,640 mm (103.9 in)

Specifications

10-5


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (402,1)

qWeights

4 Door

2.0-liter engine

ItemWeight

Manual transaxle Automatic transaxle

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) 1,719 kg (3,790 lbs) 1,733 kg (3,821 lbs)

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)Front 919 kg (2,026 lbs) 983 kg (2,068 lbs)

Rear 800 kg (1,764 lbs) 795 kg (1,753 lbs)

2.3-liter engine

ItemWeight




Rear 812 kg (1,790 lbs) 811 kg (1,788 lbs)

5 Door


ItemWeight




Rear 829 kg (1,828 lbs) 828 kg (1,825 lbs)

With turbocharger

Item Weight

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) 1,866 kg (4,114 lbs)

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)Front 1,055 kg (2,326 lbs)

Rear 811 kg (1,788 lbs)

qAir Conditioner

Item Classification

Refrigerant Type HFC134a (R-134a)

10-6

Specifications


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (403,1)

qLight Bulbs

Exterior light

Light bulbCategory

Wattage ECE R (SAE)

Headlights

High beam 60 HB3 (HB3)

Low beamHalogen 55 H7 (H7)

Xenon fusion 35 D2S (D2S)

Front turn signal lights/Side-marker lights 27/8 ― (#1157NA)

Fog lightsíType A 55 H11 (H11)

Type B 51 HB4 (HB4)

Side turn signal lights*1 5 WY5W (―)


4 Door 18 W16W (#921)

5 DoorBulb type 18 W16W (#921)

LED type LED*2― (―)

Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W (―)

Brake lights/TaillightsBulb type 21/5 W21/5W (#7443)

LED type LED*2― (―)

Reverse lights 21 W21W (#7440)

License plate light 5 W5W (―)

*1 Bulb replacement is not possible because it is built into the unit. Replace the unit.*2 LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode.

Fog lights

Type A Type B

Interior light

Light bulbCategory

Wattage ECE R

Trunk light (4 Door)

5

W5W

Luggage compartment light (5 Door) ―

Overhead light/Map lights (Front)í W5W

Overhead light (Rear) 10 ―

Vanity mirror lightsí 1.2 ―

Specifications

10-7íSome models.


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (404,1)

qTires

NOTEThe tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted toyour vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure.Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8-35.

Standard tire

Tire sizeInflation pressure

Front Rear

P195/65R15 89H 230 kPa (34 psi) 230 kPa (34 psi)

P205/55R16 89H 220 kPa (32 psi) 220 kPa (32 psi)

P205/50R17 88V 220 kPa (32 psi) 220 kPa (32 psi)

215/45R18 93Y 230 kPa (34 psi) 220 kPa (32 psi)

Temporary spare tire

Tire size Inflation pressure

T115/70D15 90M

420 kPa (60 psi)T125/70D16 96M

T125/70D17 98M

qFuses

Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-50.

10-8

Specifications


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (405,1)

11 Index

11-1


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (406,1)

A

Accessory Socket .............................. 6-76Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ....................................... 9-17Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-42Ambient Temperature Display .......... 6-66Antenna ............................................. 6-16Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-7

Warning light ............................... 5-8Appearance Care ............................... 8-58Ashtray .............................................. 6-70Audio System ................................... 6-16

Audio control switch .................. 6-56Audio set .................................... 6-27AUX mode ................................. 6-58Operating tips for audiosystem ........................................ 6-17Safety certification ..................... 6-61

Automatic TransaxleDriving tips ................................ 5-18Fluid ........................................... 8-25Manual shift mode ..................... 5-14Shift-lock override ..................... 5-14Shift-lock system ....................... 5-14Transaxle ranges ........................ 5-13

B

BatteryEmergency starting .................... 7-16Maintenance ............................... 8-32Specifications ............................. 10-4

Beep SoundsIgnition key reminder ................. 5-50Lights-on reminder ..................... 5-50Tire inflation pressure warningbeep ............................................ 5-50

BeepsSeat belt warning beep Sounds... 5-50

B

Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-6After getting in ............................. 4-6Before getting in .......................... 4-6

Body Lubrication .............................. 8-28Bottle Holder ..................................... 6-72Brake/Clutch

Fluid ........................................... 8-23Brakes

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-7Brakes assist ................................. 5-9Foot brake .................................... 5-5Parking brake ............................... 5-6Warning light ............................... 5-7

Break-In Period ................................... 4-7Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-39

C

Capacities .......................................... 10-5Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-5Cargo Securing Loops ...................... 6-73Cargo Sub-Compartment .................. 6-73Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-4Cell Phones ....................................... 9-18Center Console .................................. 6-73Child Restraint

Child restraint precautions ......... 2-27Installing child-restraintsystems ....................................... 2-31LATCH child-restraintsystems ....................................... 2-37

Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors ... 3-11Cigarette Lighter ............................... 6-70Climate Control System ...................... 6-2

Gas specifications ...................... 10-6Clock ................................................. 6-66Cruise Control ................................... 5-20Cup Holder ........................................ 6-71

11-2

Index


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (407,1)

C

Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2

D

Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-36Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-54Defroster

Mirror ......................................... 5-60Rear window .............................. 5-60

Dimensions ....................................... 10-5Door Locks ......................................... 3-8Driving In Flooded Area ................... 4-11Driving on Uneven Road .................. 4-13Driving Tips ........................................ 4-7

Automatic transaxle ................... 5-18Break-in period ............................ 4-7Driving in flooded area .............. 4-11Driving on uneven road ............. 4-13Hazardous driving ........................ 4-8Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-7Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-9Turbocharged vehicles ............... 4-14Winter driving ............................ 4-10

Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ..... 5-24DSC OFF indicator light ............ 5-25DSC OFF switch ........................ 5-25TCS/DSC Indicator light ............ 5-25

E

Emergency Starting ........................... 7-16Flooded engine ........................... 7-16Jump-starting .............................. 7-17Push-starting .............................. 7-20

Emergency Towing ........................... 7-21Emission Control System .................... 4-4

E

EngineCoolant ....................................... 8-21Exhaust gas .................................. 4-5Hood release .............................. 3-22Oil .............................................. 8-18Overheating ................................ 7-14Starting ......................................... 5-4

Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-17Engine Coolant

Overheating ................................ 7-14Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge ................................................ 5-35Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-5Exterior Care ..................................... 8-60

F

FlasherHazard warning .......................... 5-61Headlights .................................. 5-51

Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3Changing ...................................... 7-8Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3

Flexible Floor Board ......................... 6-74Fluids

Classification .............................. 10-4Owner maintenance ................... 8-15

Fog Lights ......................................... 5-55Foot Brake .......................................... 5-5Front Seats(Electrically Operated Seats) ............... 2-4Front Seats(Manually Operated Seats) ................. 2-2Fuel

Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-20Gauge ......................................... 5-36Requirements ............................... 4-2Tank capacity ............................. 10-5

Index

11-3


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (408,1)

F

Fuses ................................................. 8-50Panel description ........................ 8-53Replacement ............................... 8-50

G

Glove Box ......................................... 6-72

H

Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-61Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-8Headlights

Control ....................................... 5-51Flashing ...................................... 5-53High-low beam .......................... 5-53Leveling ..................................... 5-53On reminder ............................... 5-53

Hood Release .................................... 3-22Horn .................................................. 5-61

I

IgnitionKeys ............................................. 3-2Switch .......................................... 5-2

Illuminated Entry System ................. 6-62Immobilizer System .......................... 3-26Indicator Lights ................................. 5-38

Cruise ......................................... 5-48DSC OFF .................................... 5-48Headlight high-beam .................. 5-47Power steering malfunction ........ 5-49Security ...................................... 5-47Shift position .............................. 5-47TCS/DSC ................................... 5-48Turn-signal/hazard warning ....... 5-49

I

Information Display .......................... 6-65Ambient temperature display ..... 6-66Audio display ............................. 6-67Climate control display .............. 6-67Clock .......................................... 6-66Information display functions .... 6-65Trip computer ............................. 6-67

Inside Trunk Release Lever ............... 3-17Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-33Instrument Cluster Dimmer SelectButton ............................................... 5-36Interior Care ...................................... 8-63Interior Lights ................................... 6-62

J

Jump-Starting .................................... 7-17

K

Keyless Entry System ......................... 3-3Keys .................................................... 3-2

L

Label Information ............................. 10-2Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-54Liftgate .............................................. 3-11

Luggage compartment ............... 3-13Light Bulbs

Replacement ............................... 8-39Specifications ............................. 10-7

Lighter ............................................... 6-70Lighting Control ............................... 5-51Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4Luggage Compartment Light ............ 6-63

11-4

Index


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (409,1)

M

MaintenanceIntroduction .................................. 8-2Owner maintenanceprecautions ................................. 8-16Owner maintenance schedule ..... 8-15Scheduled ..................................... 8-3

Manual Transaxle Operation ............... 5-9Recommendations for shifting.... 5-10

Map Lights ........................................ 6-63Mirror Defroster ................................ 5-60Mirrors

Outside mirrors .......................... 3-30Rearview mirror ......................... 3-31

Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-7Moonroof .......................................... 3-24

O

Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-34Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-30Overhead Lights ................................ 6-63Overheating ....................................... 7-14Overloading ...................................... 4-12

P

Paint Damage .................................... 8-58Parking Brake ..................................... 5-6Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2Power Door Locks ............................ 3-10Power Steering .................................. 5-19

Fluid ........................................... 8-24Power steering malfunction indicatorlight ............................................ 5-19

Power Windows ................................ 3-18Push-Starting ..................................... 7-20

R

Rear Door Child Safety Locks .......... 3-11Rear Seat ............................................. 2-7Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-60Rear Window Washer ....................... 5-59Rear Window Wiper .......................... 5-59Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-31Recreational Towing ......................... 7-23Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry ............................................. 9-16Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-9

S

Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-43Seat Belt System

Automatic locking ...................... 2-16Belt minder ................................. 2-25Center-rear lap/shoulder ............. 2-21Emergency locking .................... 2-15Except center-rear position ......... 2-17Extender ..................................... 2-24Pregnant women ........................ 2-15Pretensioner and load limiting .... 2-19Seat belt precautions .................. 2-13Warning light/beep ..................... 2-25

SeatsFront seat(Electrically operated seats) ......... 2-4Front seat(Manually operated seats) ............ 2-2Rear seat ....................................... 2-7Seat warmer ................................ 2-11

Security SystemImmobilizer system .................... 3-26Theft-deterrent system ............... 3-28

Service Publications .......................... 9-45Spare Tire and Tool Storage ................ 7-3Specifications .................................... 10-4

Index

11-5


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (410,1)

S

Speedometer ...................................... 5-34SRS Air Bags

How the Air Bags Work ............. 2-48Supplemental restraint systemsprecautions ................................. 2-42

Starting the Engine .............................. 5-4Steering Wheel .................................. 3-30

Horn ........................................... 5-61Storage Compartments ...................... 6-72

Cargo securing loops .................. 6-73Cargo sub-compartment ............. 6-73Center console ............................ 6-73Flexible Floor Board .................. 6-74Glove box ................................... 6-72

Sunshade ........................................... 3-25Sunvisors .......................................... 6-62

T

Tachometer ........................................ 5-35Temporary Spare Tire ....................... 8-37Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-28Tiedown

Hook .......................................... 7-22Tire Information ................................ 9-23Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...... 5-27

System error activation .............. 5-31Tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light .............................. 5-29Tires and wheels ......................... 5-31

T

TiresFlat Tire ........................................ 7-3Inflation pressure ........................ 8-35Replacement ............................... 8-36Rotation ...................................... 8-36Snow tires .................................. 4-10Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3Specifications ............................. 10-8Tire chains .................................. 4-11Uniform tire quality grading system(UTQGS) ................................... 9-21

Tool ..................................................... 7-3Towing

Description ................................. 7-21Emergency towing ..................... 7-21Recreational towing ................... 7-23Trailer towing ............................. 4-15

Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-23TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-24

Trailer Towing .................................. 4-15Trip Meter ......................................... 5-34Trunk Lid .......................................... 3-14

Inside trunk release lever ............ 3-17Trunk Light ....................................... 3-16Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-54

V

Vanity Mirrors ................................... 6-62Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2

11-6

Index


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (411,1)

W

Warning Lights ................................. 5-38ABS ............................................ 5-40Air bag system ........................... 5-42Automatic transaxle ................... 5-45Brake system .............................. 5-40Charging system ......................... 5-41Check engine .............................. 5-42Door-ajar .................................... 5-44Engine oil pressure ..................... 5-41Front seat belt pretensionersystem ........................................ 5-42Low fuel ..................................... 5-43Low washer fluid level ............... 5-44Seat belt ...................................... 5-43Tire pressure monitoringsystem ........................................ 5-45

Warranty ............................................ 9-13Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-27Weights ............................................. 10-6Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-38Windows

Power windows .......................... 3-18Windshield Washer ........................... 5-59Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-56

Blades replacement .................... 8-29Winter Driving .................................. 4-10

Index

11-7


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

Black plate (412,1)

11-8


Form No.8Z87-EA-08F

2009 Mazda3 Owner's Manual - Mazda Canada€¦ · Black plate (3,1) Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete customer satisfaction in mind.

Documents